SemaDecl.cpp revision 5bfe232d1f07a6fd160fcf82c277c055a412a1c0
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "clang/AST/APValue.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 23#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 24#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 27#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 28#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 29#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 30#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 31#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 32#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 33#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 36// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 37#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 38#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 39#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 40#include <algorithm> 41#include <cstring> 42#include <functional> 43using namespace clang; 44using namespace sema; 45 46Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr) { 47 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 48} 49 50/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 51/// return the declaration of that type. 52/// 53/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 54/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 55/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 56/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 57/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 58/// 59/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 60/// and then return NULL. 61ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 62 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 63 bool isClassName, 64 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr) { 65 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 66 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 67 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 68 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 69 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 70 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 71 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 72 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 73 74 if (!LookupCtx) { 75 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 76 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 77 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 78 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 79 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 80 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 81 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 82 // 83 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 84 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 85 if (!isClassName) 86 return ParsedType(); 87 88 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 89 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 90 QualType T = 91 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SS->getScopeRep(), II, 92 SourceLocation(), SS->getRange(), NameLoc); 93 return ParsedType::make(T); 94 } 95 96 return ParsedType(); 97 } 98 99 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 100 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 101 return ParsedType(); 102 } 103 104 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 105 // lookup for class-names. 106 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 107 LookupOrdinaryName; 108 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 109 if (LookupCtx) { 110 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 111 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 112 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 113 // nested-name-specifier. 114 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 115 116 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 117 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 118 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 119 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 120 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 121 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 122 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 123 LookupName(Result, S); 124 } 125 } else { 126 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 127 LookupName(Result, S); 128 } 129 130 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 131 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 132 case LookupResult::NotFound: 133 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 134 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 135 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 136 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 137 return ParsedType(); 138 139 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 140 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 141 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 142 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 143 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 144 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 145 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 146 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 147 return ParsedType(); 148 } 149 150 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 151 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 152 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 153 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 154 if (!IIDecl || 155 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 156 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 157 IIDecl = *Res; 158 } 159 } 160 161 if (!IIDecl) { 162 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 163 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 164 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 165 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 166 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 167 // a type name. 168 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 169 return ParsedType(); 170 } 171 172 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 173 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 174 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 175 // perform the name lookup again. 176 break; 177 178 case LookupResult::Found: 179 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 180 break; 181 } 182 183 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 184 185 QualType T; 186 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 187 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 188 189 if (T.isNull()) 190 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 191 192 if (SS) 193 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 194 195 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 196 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 197 } else { 198 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 199 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 200 return ParsedType(); 201 } 202 203 return ParsedType::make(T); 204} 205 206/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 207/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 208/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 209/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 210/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 211DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 212 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 213 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 214 LookupName(R, S, false); 215 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 216 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 217 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 218 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 219 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 220 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 221 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 222 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 223 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 224 } 225 } 226 227 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 228} 229 230bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 231 SourceLocation IILoc, 232 Scope *S, 233 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 234 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 235 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 236 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 237 238 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 239 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 240 LookupResult Lookup(*this, &II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 241 NotForRedeclaration); 242 243 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Lookup, S, SS, 0, 0, CTC_Type)) { 244 if (NamedDecl *Result = Lookup.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) { 245 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 246 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 247 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 248 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 249 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 250 << &II << Lookup.getLookupName() 251 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 252 Result->getNameAsString()); 253 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 254 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 255 << &II << DC << Lookup.getLookupName() << SS->getRange() 256 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 257 Result->getNameAsString()); 258 else 259 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 260 261 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 262 << Result->getDeclName(); 263 264 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS); 265 return true; 266 } 267 } else if (Lookup.empty()) { 268 // We corrected to a keyword. 269 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 270 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 271 << &II << Corrected; 272 return true; 273 } 274 } 275 276 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 277 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 278 UnqualifiedId Name; 279 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 280 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 281 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 282 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 283 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 284 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 285 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 286 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 287 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 288 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 289 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 290 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 291 } 292 return true; 293 } 294 } 295 296 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 297 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 298 299 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 300 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 301 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 302 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 303 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 304 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 305 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_typename_missing) 306 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 307 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 308 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 309 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get(); 310 } else { 311 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 312 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 313 } 314 315 return true; 316} 317 318// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 319// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 320// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 321DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 322 323 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 324 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 325 // the context we'll need to return to. 326 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 327 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 328 329 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 330 // lexical context. 331 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 332 return DC; 333 334 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 335 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 336 // class is the context we need to return to. 337 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 338 DC = RD; 339 340 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 341 // declared in. 342 return DC; 343 } 344 345 // ObjCMethodDecls are parsed (for some reason) outside the context 346 // of the class. 347 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) 348 return DC->getLexicalParent()->getLexicalParent(); 349 350 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 351} 352 353void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 354 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 355 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 356 CurContext = DC; 357 S->setEntity(DC); 358} 359 360void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 361 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 362 363 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 364 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 365} 366 367/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 368/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 369/// 370void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 371 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 372 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 373 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 374 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 375 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 376 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 377 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 378 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 379 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 380 // namespace. 381 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 382 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 383 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 384 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 385 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 386 387 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 388 389#ifndef NDEBUG 390 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 391 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 392 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 393#endif 394 395 CurContext = DC; 396 S->setEntity(DC); 397} 398 399void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 400 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 401 402 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 403 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 404 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 405 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 406 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 407 408 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 409 // disappear. 410} 411 412/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 413/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 414/// 415/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 416/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 417/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 418/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 419/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 420/// attribute. 421static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 422 ASTContext &Context) { 423 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 424 return true; 425 426 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 427 return true; 428 429 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 430 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 431} 432 433/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 434void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 435 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 436 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 437 // scope. 438 while (S->getEntity() && 439 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 440 S = S->getParent(); 441 442 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 443 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 444 // into any context. 445 if (AddToContext) 446 CurContext->addDecl(D); 447 448 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 449 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 450 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 451 D->isOutOfLine()) 452 return; 453 454 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 455 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 456 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 457 return; 458 459 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 460 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 461 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 462 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 463 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 464 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 465 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 466 467 // Should only need to replace one decl. 468 break; 469 } 470 } 471 472 S->AddDecl(D); 473 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 474} 475 476bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S) { 477 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S); 478} 479 480Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 481 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 482 do { 483 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 484 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 485 return S; 486 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 487 488 return 0; 489} 490 491static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 492 DeclContext*, 493 ASTContext&); 494 495/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 496/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 497static void FilterLookupForScope(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R, 498 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 499 bool ConsiderLinkage) { 500 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 501 while (F.hasNext()) { 502 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 503 504 if (SemaRef.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S)) 505 continue; 506 507 if (ConsiderLinkage && 508 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, SemaRef.Context)) 509 continue; 510 511 F.erase(); 512 } 513 514 F.done(); 515} 516 517static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 518 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 519 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 520 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 521} 522 523/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 524static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 525 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 526 while (F.hasNext()) 527 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 528 F.erase(); 529 530 F.done(); 531} 532 533/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 534/// @code 535/// class S { 536/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 537/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 538/// }; 539/// @endcode 540static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 541 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 542 // the decl here. 543 if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 544 return false; 545 546 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 547 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 548 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 549 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 550 return false; 551} 552 553bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 554 assert(D); 555 556 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 557 return false; 558 559 // Ignore class templates. 560 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 561 return false; 562 563 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 564 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 565 return false; 566 567 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 568 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 569 return false; 570 } else { 571 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 572 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 573 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 574 return false; 575 } 576 577 if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 578 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 579 return false; 580 581 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 582 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 583 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 584 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 585 return false; 586 587 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 588 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 589 return false; 590 591 } else { 592 return false; 593 } 594 595 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 596 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 597 return false; 598 599 return true; 600} 601 602void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 603 if (!D) 604 return; 605 606 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 607 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 608 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 609 return; // First should already be in the vector. 610 } 611 612 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 613 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 614 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 615 return; // First should already be in the vector. 616 } 617 618 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 619 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 620 } 621 622static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 623 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 624 return false; 625 626 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 627 return false; 628 629 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 630 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 631 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 632 return false; 633 634 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 635 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 636 637 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 638 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 639 640 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 641 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 642 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 643 return false; 644 } 645 646 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 647 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 648 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 649 return false; 650 651 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 652 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 653 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 654 return false; 655 656 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 657 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor 658 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer 659 // has no side effects. 660 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 661 return false; 662 } 663 } 664 665 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 666 } 667 668 return true; 669} 670 671void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 672 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 673 return; 674 675 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 676 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_exception_param) 677 << D->getDeclName(); 678 else 679 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_variable) 680 << D->getDeclName(); 681} 682 683void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 684 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 685 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 686 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 687 688 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 689 I != E; ++I) { 690 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 691 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 692 693 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 694 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 695 696 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 697 698 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 699 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 700 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 701 702 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 703 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 704 } 705} 706 707/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 708/// 709/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 710/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 711/// to the fixed name. 712/// 713/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 714/// 715/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 716/// if there is no class with the given name. 717/// 718/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 719/// class could not be found. 720ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 721 SourceLocation IdLoc, 722 bool TypoCorrection) { 723 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 724 // creation from this context. 725 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 726 727 if (!IDecl && TypoCorrection) { 728 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 729 // find an Objective-C class name. 730 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 731 if (CorrectTypo(R, TUScope, 0, 0, false, CTC_NoKeywords) && 732 (IDecl = R.getAsSingle<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 733 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 734 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 735 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 736 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 737 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 738 739 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 740 } 741 } 742 743 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 744} 745 746/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 747/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 748/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 749/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 750/// ill-formed in C++: 751/// @code 752/// struct S6 { 753/// enum { BAR } e; 754/// }; 755/// 756/// void test_S6() { 757/// struct S6 a; 758/// a.e = BAR; 759/// } 760/// @endcode 761/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 762/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 763/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 764/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 765/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 766/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 767/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 768/// contain non-field names. 769Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 770 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 771 (S->getEntity() && 772 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 773 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 774 S = S->getParent(); 775 return S; 776} 777 778/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 779/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 780/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 781/// built-in. 782NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 783 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 784 SourceLocation Loc) { 785 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 786 787 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 788 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 789 switch (Error) { 790 case ASTContext::GE_None: 791 // Okay 792 break; 793 794 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 795 if (ForRedeclaration) 796 Diag(Loc, diag::err_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 797 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 798 return 0; 799 800 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 801 if (ForRedeclaration) 802 Diag(Loc, diag::err_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 803 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 804 return 0; 805 } 806 807 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 808 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 809 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 810 << R; 811 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 812 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 813 != Diagnostic::Ignored) 814 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 815 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 816 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 817 } 818 819 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 820 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 821 Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 822 SC_Extern, 823 SC_None, false, 824 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 825 New->setImplicit(); 826 827 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 828 // FunctionDecl. 829 if (FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 830 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 831 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 832 Params.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 0, 833 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 834 SC_None, SC_None, 0)); 835 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 836 } 837 838 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 839 840 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 841 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 842 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 843 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 844 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 845 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 846 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 847 CurContext = SavedContext; 848 return New; 849} 850 851/// MergeTypeDefDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 852/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 853/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 854/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 855/// 856void Sema::MergeTypeDefDecl(TypedefDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 857 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 858 // merging checks. 859 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 860 861 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 862 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 863 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 864 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 865 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 866 default: break; 867 case 2: 868 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 869 break; 870 Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 871 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 872 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 873 return; 874 case 5: 875 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 876 break; 877 Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 878 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 879 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 880 return; 881 case 3: 882 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 883 break; 884 Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 885 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 886 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 887 return; 888 case 8: 889 if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) 890 break; 891 Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 892 return; 893 } 894 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 895 } 896 897 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 898 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 899 if (!Old) { 900 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 901 << New->getDeclName(); 902 903 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 904 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 905 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 906 907 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 908 } 909 910 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 911 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 912 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 913 914 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. 915 QualType OldType; 916 if (TypedefDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)) 917 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 918 else 919 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 920 921 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 922 // with any extensions enabled. 923 924 if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && 925 Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != 926 Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { 927 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 928 << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; 929 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 930 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 931 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 932 } 933 934 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 935 // declaration was a typedef. 936 // FIXME: this is a potential source of wierdness if the type 937 // spellings don't match exactly. 938 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(Old)) 939 New->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)); 940 941 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 942 return; 943 944 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 945 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 946 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 947 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 948 // to the type to which it already refers. 949 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 950 return; 951 952 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 953 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 954 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 955 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 956 // 957 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 958 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 959 // 960 // struct S { 961 // typedef struct A { } A; 962 // }; 963 // 964 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 965 // allow the above but disallow 966 // 967 // struct S { 968 // typedef int I; 969 // typedef int I; 970 // }; 971 // 972 // since that was the intent of DR56. 973 if (!isa<TypedefDecl >(Old)) 974 return; 975 976 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 977 << New->getDeclName(); 978 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 979 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 980 } 981 982 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 983 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 984 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 985 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 986 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 987 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 988 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 989 return; 990 991 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 992 << New->getDeclName(); 993 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 994 return; 995} 996 997/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 998/// attribute. 999static bool 1000DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1001 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1002 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1003 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1004 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1005 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1006 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1007 return true; 1008 } 1009 1010 return false; 1011} 1012 1013/// MergeDeclAttributes - append attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1014static void MergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, ASTContext &C) { 1015 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 1016 return; 1017 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1018 // we process them. 1019 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 1020 New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1021 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = Old->attr_begin(), e = Old->attr_end(); i != e; 1022 ++i) { 1023 // FIXME: Make this more general than just checking for Overloadable. 1024 if (!DeclHasAttr(New, *i) && (*i)->getKind() != attr::Overloadable) { 1025 Attr *NewAttr = (*i)->clone(C); 1026 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1027 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 1028 } 1029 } 1030} 1031 1032namespace { 1033 1034/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1035/// C. 1036struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1037 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1038 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1039 QualType PromotedType; 1040}; 1041 1042} 1043 1044/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1045Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1046 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1047 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1048 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1049 1050 return Sema::CXXConstructor; 1051 } 1052 1053 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) 1054 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1055 1056 assert(MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() && 1057 "Must have copy assignment operator"); 1058 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1059} 1060 1061/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1062/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1063/// GNU89 mode. 1064static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1065 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1066 return (LangOpts.GNUMode && !LangOpts.C99 && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1067 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1068 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1069} 1070 1071/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1072/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1073/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1074/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1075/// 1076/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1077/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1078/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1079/// merged with. 1080/// 1081/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1082bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1083 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1084 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1085 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1086 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1087 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1088 else 1089 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1090 if (!Old) { 1091 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1092 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1093 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1094 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1095 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1096 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1097 return true; 1098 } 1099 1100 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1101 << New->getDeclName(); 1102 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1103 return true; 1104 } 1105 1106 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1107 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1108 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1109 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1110 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1111 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1112 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1113 else 1114 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1115 1116 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1117 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1118 1119 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1120 // is an extern inline function. 1121 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1122 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1123 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1124 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1125 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 1126 << New; 1127 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1128 return true; 1129 } 1130 1131 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1132 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1133 // calling convention of the first. 1134 // 1135 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1136 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1137 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1138 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1139 // because it is the default calling convention. 1140 // 1141 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1142 // other tests to run. 1143 const FunctionType *OldType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1144 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1145 const FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1146 const FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1147 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1148 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1149 NewQType = Context.getCallConvType(NewQType, OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1150 New->setType(NewQType); 1151 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewQType); 1152 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1153 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1154 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1155 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1156 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1157 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1158 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1159 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1160 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1161 return true; 1162 } 1163 1164 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1165 if (OldType->getNoReturnAttr() && !NewType->getNoReturnAttr()) { 1166 NewQType = Context.getNoReturnType(NewQType); 1167 New->setType(NewQType); 1168 assert(NewQType.isCanonical()); 1169 } 1170 1171 // Merge regparm attribute. 1172 if (OldType->getRegParmType() != NewType->getRegParmType()) { 1173 if (NewType->getRegParmType()) { 1174 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1175 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1176 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1177 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1178 return true; 1179 } 1180 1181 NewQType = Context.getRegParmType(NewQType, OldType->getRegParmType()); 1182 New->setType(NewQType); 1183 assert(NewQType.isCanonical()); 1184 } 1185 1186 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1187 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1188 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1189 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1190 // cannot be overloaded. 1191 QualType OldReturnType 1192 = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 1193 QualType NewReturnType 1194 = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 1195 QualType ResQT; 1196 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1197 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1198 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1199 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1200 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1201 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1202 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1203 return true; 1204 } 1205 else 1206 NewQType = ResQT; 1207 } 1208 1209 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1210 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1211 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1212 // Preserve triviality. 1213 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1214 1215 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1216 1217 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 1218 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1219 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1220 // is a static member function declaration. 1221 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1222 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1223 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1224 return true; 1225 } 1226 1227 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1228 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1229 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1230 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1231 unsigned NewDiag; 1232 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1233 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1234 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1235 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1236 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1237 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1238 else 1239 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1240 1241 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1242 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1243 1244 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1245 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1246 // 1247 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1248 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1249 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1250 if (isFriend) { 1251 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1252 } else { 1253 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1254 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1255 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1256 return true; 1257 } 1258 } 1259 } 1260 1261 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1262 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1263 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1264 // attributes should be ignored when comparing. 1265 if (Context.getNoReturnType(OldQType, false) == 1266 Context.getNoReturnType(NewQType, false)) 1267 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1268 1269 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1270 } 1271 1272 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1273 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1274 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1275 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1276 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1277 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1278 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1279 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1280 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1281 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1282 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1283 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1284 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1285 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1286 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1287 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1288 OldProto->isVariadic(), 1289 OldProto->getTypeQuals(), 1290 false, false, 0, 0, 1291 OldProto->getExtInfo()); 1292 New->setType(NewQType); 1293 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1294 1295 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1296 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1297 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1298 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1299 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1300 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1301 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1302 SourceLocation(), 0, 1303 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1304 SC_None, SC_None, 1305 0); 1306 Param->setImplicit(); 1307 Params.push_back(Param); 1308 } 1309 1310 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1311 } 1312 1313 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1314 } 1315 1316 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1317 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1318 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1319 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1320 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1321 // the prototype. 1322 // 1323 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1324 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1325 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1326 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1327 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1328 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1329 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1330 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1331 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1332 llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1333 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1334 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1335 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1336 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1337 1338 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1339 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1340 NewProto->getResultType()); 1341 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1342 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1343 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1344 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1345 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1346 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1347 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1348 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1349 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1350 NewParm->getType(), 1351 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1352 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1353 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1354 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1355 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1356 } else 1357 LooseCompatible = false; 1358 } 1359 1360 if (LooseCompatible) { 1361 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1362 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1363 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1364 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1365 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1366 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1367 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1368 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1369 } 1370 1371 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 1372 ArgTypes.size(), 1373 OldProto->isVariadic(), 0, 1374 false, false, 0, 0, 1375 OldProto->getExtInfo())); 1376 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1377 } 1378 1379 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 1380 } 1381 1382 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 1383 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 1384 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 1385 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 1386 // signature. 1387 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 1388 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 1389 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 1390 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 1391 // library built-in. 1392 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 1393 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 1394 << Old << Old->getType(); 1395 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 1396 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 1397 return false; 1398 } 1399 1400 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 1401 } 1402 1403 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 1404 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1405 return true; 1406} 1407 1408/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 1409/// known to be compatible. 1410/// 1411/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 1412/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 1413/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 1414/// redeclaration of Old. 1415/// 1416/// \returns false 1417bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 1418 // Merge the attributes 1419 MergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1420 1421 // Merge the storage class. 1422 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 1423 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 1424 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1425 1426 // Merge "pure" flag. 1427 if (Old->isPure()) 1428 New->setPure(); 1429 1430 // Merge the "deleted" flag. 1431 if (Old->isDeleted()) 1432 New->setDeleted(); 1433 1434 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1435 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 1436 1437 return false; 1438} 1439 1440/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 1441/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 1442/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1443/// 1444/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 1445/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 1446/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 1447/// 1448void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 1449 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 1450 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 1451 return; 1452 1453 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 1454 VarDecl *Old = 0; 1455 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 1456 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 1457 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1458 << New->getDeclName(); 1459 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 1460 diag::note_previous_definition); 1461 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1462 } 1463 1464 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1465 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 1466 // 1467 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 1468 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 1469 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 1470 << New->getIdentifier(); 1471 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1472 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1473 } 1474 1475 MergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1476 1477 // Merge the types 1478 QualType MergedT; 1479 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1480 if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) 1481 MergedT = New->getType(); 1482 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 1483 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 1484 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 1485 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 1486 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 1487 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 1488 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 1489 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1490 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1491 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1492 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1493 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1494 MergedT = New->getType(); 1495 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 1496 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 1497 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1498 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1499 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1500 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1501 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1502 MergedT = Old->getType(); 1503 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1504 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 1505 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1506 } 1507 } else { 1508 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1509 } 1510 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 1511 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 1512 << New->getDeclName(); 1513 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1514 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1515 } 1516 New->setType(MergedT); 1517 1518 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 1519 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1520 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 1521 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1522 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1523 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1524 } 1525 // C99 6.2.2p4: 1526 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 1527 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 1528 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 1529 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 1530 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 1531 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 1532 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 1533 // identifier has external linkage. 1534 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 1535 /* Okay */; 1536 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1537 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 1538 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1539 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1540 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1541 } 1542 1543 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 1544 1545 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 1546 // need to check for mismatches. 1547 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 1548 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 1549 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 1550 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 1551 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 1552 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1553 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1554 } 1555 1556 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1557 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1558 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1559 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1560 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1561 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1562 } 1563 1564 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 1565 const VarDecl *Def; 1566 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1567 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 1568 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 1569 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1570 << New->getDeclName(); 1571 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1572 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1573 return; 1574 } 1575 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 1576 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 1577 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 1578 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 1579 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 1580 // specified at the prior declaration. 1581 // FIXME. revisit this code. 1582 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 1583 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 1584 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 1585 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1586 1587 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 1588 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 1589 1590 // Inherit access appropriately. 1591 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 1592} 1593 1594/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 1595/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 1596Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1597 DeclSpec &DS) { 1598 // FIXME: Error on inline/virtual/explicit 1599 // FIXME: Warn on useless __thread 1600 // FIXME: Warn on useless const/volatile 1601 // FIXME: Warn on useless static/extern/typedef/private_extern/mutable 1602 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes 1603 Decl *TagD = 0; 1604 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 1605 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 1606 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 1607 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 1608 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 1609 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 1610 1611 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 1612 return 0; 1613 1614 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 1615 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 1616 // it's a Type. 1617 Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 1618 } 1619 1620 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 1621 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 1622 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 1623 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 1624 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 1625 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 1626 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1627 } 1628 1629 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 1630 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 1631 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 1632 if (TagD && !Tag) 1633 return 0; 1634 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 1635 } 1636 1637 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1638 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes()); 1639 1640 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && 1641 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 1642 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 1643 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 1644 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 1645 1646 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1647 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1648 } 1649 } 1650 1651 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 1652 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1653 CurContext->isRecord() && 1654 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 1655 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 1656 // struct STRUCT; 1657 // and 1658 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 1659 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 1660 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isDefinition()) || 1661 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 1662 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 1663 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 1664 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1665 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 1666 } 1667 } 1668 1669 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1670 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 1671 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 1672 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 1673 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 1674 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1675 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1676 1677 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk() && 1678 DS.getTypeSpecType() != DeclSpec::TST_error) { 1679 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 1680 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 1681 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 1682 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 1683 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 1684 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1685 return Tag; 1686 } 1687 1688 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1689 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1690 } 1691 1692 return TagD; 1693} 1694 1695/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec. 1696/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated. 1697StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) { 1698 StmtResult R; 1699 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) { 1700 Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 1701 QualType Ty = Exp->getType(); 1702 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 1703 do 1704 Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1705 while (Ty->isPointerType()); 1706 } 1707 if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 1708 R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp)); 1709 } 1710 } 1711 return R; 1712} 1713 1714/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 1715/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 1716/// 1717/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 1718static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 1719 Scope *S, 1720 DeclContext *Owner, 1721 DeclarationName Name, 1722 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1723 unsigned diagnostic) { 1724 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 1725 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 1726 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 1727 1728 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1729 return false; 1730 1731 // Pick a representative declaration. 1732 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1733 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 1734 1735 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 1736 return false; 1737 1738 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 1739 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1740 1741 return true; 1742} 1743 1744/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 1745/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 1746/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 1747/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 1748/// struct, e.g., 1749/// 1750/// @code 1751/// union { 1752/// int i; 1753/// float f; 1754/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 1755/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 1756/// @endcode 1757/// 1758/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 1759/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 1760static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 1761 DeclContext *Owner, 1762 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 1763 AccessSpecifier AS, 1764 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 1765 bool MSAnonStruct) { 1766 unsigned diagKind 1767 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 1768 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 1769 1770 bool Invalid = false; 1771 1772 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 1773 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 1774 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 1775 D != DEnd; ++D) { 1776 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 1777 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 1778 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 1779 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 1780 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 1781 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1782 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 1783 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 1784 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 1785 Invalid = true; 1786 } else { 1787 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1788 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 1789 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 1790 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 1791 // anonymous union is declared. 1792 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 1793 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 1794 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 1795 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 1796 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 1797 else 1798 Chaining.push_back(VD); 1799 1800 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 1801 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 1802 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 1803 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 1804 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 1805 1806 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 1807 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 1808 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 1809 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 1810 1811 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 1812 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 1813 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 1814 1815 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 1816 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 1817 1818 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 1819 } 1820 } 1821 } 1822 1823 return Invalid; 1824} 1825 1826/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 1827/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 1828/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 1829static StorageClass 1830StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 1831 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 1832 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 1833 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 1834 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 1835 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 1836 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 1837 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 1838 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 1839 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 1840 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 1841 } 1842 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 1843} 1844 1845/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 1846/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 1847/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 1848static StorageClass 1849StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 1850 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 1851 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 1852 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 1853 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 1854 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 1855 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 1856 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 1857 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 1858 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 1859 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 1860 } 1861 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 1862} 1863 1864/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 1865/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 1866/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 1867/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 1868Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1869 AccessSpecifier AS, 1870 RecordDecl *Record) { 1871 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 1872 1873 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 1874 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1875 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 1876 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 1877 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 1878 1879 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 1880 // structs/unions. 1881 bool Invalid = false; 1882 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1883 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 1884 unsigned DiagID; 1885 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1886 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 1887 // global namespace shall be declared static. 1888 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 1889 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 1890 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 1891 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 1892 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); 1893 Invalid = true; 1894 1895 // Recover by adding 'static'. 1896 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 1897 PrevSpec, DiagID); 1898 } 1899 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1900 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 1901 // anonymous union in a class scope. 1902 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 1903 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 1904 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 1905 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); 1906 Invalid = true; 1907 1908 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 1909 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), 1910 PrevSpec, DiagID); 1911 } 1912 1913 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1914 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 1915 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 1916 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 1917 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 1918 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 1919 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 1920 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 1921 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1922 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 1923 // members (clause 11). 1924 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 1925 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 1926 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 1927 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 1928 Invalid = true; 1929 } 1930 1931 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 1932 Invalid = true; 1933 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 1934 // Any implicit members are fine. 1935 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 1936 // This is a type that showed up in an 1937 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 1938 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 1939 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 1940 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 1941 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 1942 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 1943 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 1944 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1945 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 1946 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1947 else { 1948 // This is a nested type declaration. 1949 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 1950 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1951 Invalid = true; 1952 } 1953 } 1954 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 1955 // Any access specifier is fine. 1956 } else { 1957 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 1958 // member. Complain about it. 1959 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 1960 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 1961 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 1962 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 1963 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 1964 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 1965 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 1966 1967 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 1968 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 1969 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 1970 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 1971 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1972 else { 1973 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 1974 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1975 Invalid = true; 1976 } 1977 } 1978 } 1979 } 1980 1981 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 1982 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 1983 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 1984 Invalid = true; 1985 } 1986 1987 // Mock up a declarator. 1988 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 1989 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 1990 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 1991 1992 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 1993 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 1994 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 1995 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, Record->getLocation(), 1996 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 1997 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 1998 TInfo, 1999 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2000 Anon->setAccess(AS); 2001 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2002 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 2003 } else { 2004 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 2005 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2006 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2007 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2008 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2009 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2010 // an error here 2011 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2012 Invalid = true; 2013 SC = SC_None; 2014 } 2015 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2016 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2017 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2018 2019 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, Record->getLocation(), 2020 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2021 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2022 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2023 } 2024 Anon->setImplicit(); 2025 2026 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2027 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2028 // its members. 2029 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2030 2031 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2032 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2033 // purposes. 2034 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2035 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2036 2037 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 2038 Chain, false)) 2039 Invalid = true; 2040 2041 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2042 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2043 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2044 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2045 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2046 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2047 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2048 2049 if (Invalid) 2050 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2051 2052 return Anon; 2053} 2054 2055/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 2056/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 2057/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 2058/// Example: 2059/// 2060/// struct A { int a; }; 2061/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 2062/// 2063/// void foo() { 2064/// B var; 2065/// var.a = 3; 2066/// } 2067/// 2068Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2069 RecordDecl *Record) { 2070 2071 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 2072 if (!Record) 2073 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 2074 2075 // Mock up a declarator. 2076 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2077 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2078 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 2079 2080 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 2081 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 2082 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 2083 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2084 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2085 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2086 TInfo, 2087 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2088 Anon->setImplicit(); 2089 2090 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 2091 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 2092 2093 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 2094 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2095 // purposes. 2096 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2097 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2098 2099 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 2100 Record->getDefinition(), 2101 AS_none, Chain, true)) 2102 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2103 2104 return Anon; 2105} 2106 2107/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2108/// given Declarator. 2109DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2110 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2111} 2112 2113/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2114DeclarationNameInfo 2115Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2116 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2117 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2118 2119 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2120 2121 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2122 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2123 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2124 return NameInfo; 2125 2126 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2127 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2128 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2129 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2130 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2131 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2132 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2133 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2134 return NameInfo; 2135 2136 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2137 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2138 Name.Identifier)); 2139 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2140 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2141 return NameInfo; 2142 2143 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2144 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2145 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2146 if (Ty.isNull()) 2147 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2148 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2149 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2150 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2151 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2152 return NameInfo; 2153 } 2154 2155 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2156 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2157 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2158 if (Ty.isNull()) 2159 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2160 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2161 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2162 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2163 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2164 return NameInfo; 2165 } 2166 2167 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2168 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2169 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 2170 // to find the actual type being constructed. 2171 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 2172 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 2173 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2174 2175 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 2176 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 2177 2178 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 2179 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 2180 // was qualified. 2181 2182 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2183 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 2184 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2185 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 2186 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 2187 return NameInfo; 2188 } 2189 2190 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 2191 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2192 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 2193 if (Ty.isNull()) 2194 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2195 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 2196 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2197 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2198 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2199 return NameInfo; 2200 } 2201 2202 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 2203 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 2204 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 2205 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 2206 } 2207 2208 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 2209 2210 assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); 2211 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2212} 2213 2214/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions 2215/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic 2216/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line 2217/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within 2218/// the class or namespace. 2219static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, 2220 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 2221 FunctionDecl *Definition) { 2222 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 2223 return false; 2224 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 2225 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2226 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2227 2228 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType(), 2229 DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType())) 2230 return false; 2231 } 2232 2233 return true; 2234} 2235 2236/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 2237/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 2238/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 2239/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 2240/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 2241static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 2242 DeclarationName Name) { 2243 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 2244 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 2245 // - types which will become injected class names 2246 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 2247 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 2248 // few cases here. 2249 2250 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 2251 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 2252 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 2253 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 2254 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: { 2255 // Grab the type from the parser. 2256 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 2257 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 2258 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 2259 2260 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 2261 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 2262 // attached already. 2263 if (!TSI) 2264 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 2265 2266 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 2267 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 2268 if (!TSI) return true; 2269 2270 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 2271 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 2272 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 2273 break; 2274 } 2275 2276 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 2277 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2278 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 2279 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 2280 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 2281 break; 2282 } 2283 2284 default: 2285 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 2286 break; 2287 } 2288 2289 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 2290 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 2291 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 2292 2293 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 2294 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 2295 // pointer. 2296 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 2297 continue; 2298 2299 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 2300 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 2301 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 2302 return true; 2303 } 2304 2305 return false; 2306} 2307 2308Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 2309 return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), false); 2310} 2311 2312Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 2313 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2314 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 2315 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 2316 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 2317 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2318 2319 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 2320 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 2321 if (!Name) { 2322 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 2323 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2324 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 2325 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 2326 return 0; 2327 } 2328 2329 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 2330 // we find one that is. 2331 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 2332 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 2333 S = S->getParent(); 2334 2335 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 2336 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 2337 D.setInvalidType(); 2338 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2339 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 2340 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 2341 if (!DC) { 2342 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 2343 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 2344 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 2345 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 2346 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2347 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 2348 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 2349 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2350 return 0; 2351 } 2352 2353 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 2354 2355 if (!IsDependentContext && 2356 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 2357 return 0; 2358 2359 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 2360 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 2361 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2362 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 2363 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2364 D.setInvalidType(); 2365 } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) && 2366 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 2367 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class 2368 // definition: 2369 // 2370 // class X { 2371 // void X::f(); 2372 // }; 2373 if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) 2374 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 2375 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 2376 else 2377 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification) 2378 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2379 2380 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here. 2381 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 2382 } 2383 } 2384 2385 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 2386 // declaration in the current instantiation. 2387 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 2388 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 2389 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 2390 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 2391 D.setInvalidType(); 2392 } 2393 } 2394 2395 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 2396 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 2397 // name different from T: 2398 // - every static data member of class T; 2399 // - every member function of class T 2400 // - every member of class T that is itself a type; 2401 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 2402 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 2403 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) 2404 << Name; 2405 2406 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 2407 // Just return early; it's safer. 2408 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2409 return 0; 2410 } 2411 2412 NamedDecl *New; 2413 2414 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 2415 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 2416 2417 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 2418 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2419 D.setInvalidType(); 2420 2421 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 2422 ForRedeclaration); 2423 2424 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 2425 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2426 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 2427 2428 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 2429 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 2430 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 2431 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2432 /* Do nothing*/; 2433 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2434 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 2435 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2436 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2437 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 2438 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2439 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 2440 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2441 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2442 2443 if (IsLinkageLookup) 2444 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 2445 2446 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 2447 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 2448 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 2449 2450 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 2451 // out-of-line members. 2452 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 2453 2454 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 2455 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 2456 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 2457 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 2458 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 2459 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 2460 // declarations namespace. 2461 // 2462 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 2463 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 2464 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 2465 // 2466 // class X { 2467 // void f(); 2468 // void f(float); 2469 // }; 2470 // 2471 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 2472 // 2473 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 2474 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 2475 // matches. 2476 2477 // First check whether we named the global scope. 2478 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 2479 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 2480 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2481 } else { 2482 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 2483 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 2484 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 2485 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 2486 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 2487 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 2488 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 2489 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2490 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 2491 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 2492 else 2493 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 2494 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 2495 D.setInvalidType(); 2496 } 2497 } 2498 } 2499 2500 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 2501 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 2502 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 2503 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 2504 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2505 Previous.getFoundDecl())) 2506 D.setInvalidType(); 2507 2508 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 2509 Previous.clear(); 2510 } 2511 2512 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 2513 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 2514 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 2515 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 2516 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 2517 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2518 Previous.clear(); 2519 2520 bool Redeclaration = false; 2521 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2522 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 2523 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 2524 return 0; 2525 } 2526 2527 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration); 2528 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2529 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2530 move(TemplateParamLists), 2531 IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration); 2532 } else { 2533 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2534 move(TemplateParamLists), 2535 Redeclaration); 2536 } 2537 2538 if (New == 0) 2539 return 0; 2540 2541 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 2542 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 2543 if (New->getDeclName() && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) 2544 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 2545 2546 return New; 2547} 2548 2549/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 2550/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 2551/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 2552static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 2553 ASTContext &Context, 2554 bool &SizeIsNegative, 2555 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 2556 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 2557 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 2558 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 2559 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 2560 SizeIsNegative = false; 2561 Oversized = 0; 2562 2563 if (T->isDependentType()) 2564 return QualType(); 2565 2566 QualifierCollector Qs; 2567 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 2568 2569 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 2570 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 2571 QualType FixedType = 2572 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2573 Oversized); 2574 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 2575 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 2576 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 2577 } 2578 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 2579 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 2580 QualType FixedType = 2581 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2582 Oversized); 2583 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 2584 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 2585 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 2586 } 2587 2588 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 2589 if (!VLATy) 2590 return QualType(); 2591 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 2592 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 2593 return QualType(); 2594 2595 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 2596 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 2597 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || 2598 !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) 2599 return QualType(); 2600 2601 // Check whether the array size is negative. 2602 llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 2603 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 2604 SizeIsNegative = true; 2605 return QualType(); 2606 } 2607 2608 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 2609 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 2610 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 2611 Res); 2612 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 2613 Oversized = Res; 2614 return QualType(); 2615 } 2616 2617 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 2618 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 2619} 2620 2621/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 2622/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 2623void 2624Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 2625 const LookupResult &Previous, 2626 Scope *S) { 2627 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 2628 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 2629 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 2630 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 2631 2632 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 2633 return; 2634 2635 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 2636 2637 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 2638 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 2639 // declaration. 2640 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 2641 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 2642 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 2643 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 2644 S = S->getParent(); 2645 2646 if (S) 2647 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 2648 } 2649} 2650 2651/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 2652/// does not identify a function. 2653void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 2654 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 2655 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 2656 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 2657 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 2658 diag::err_inline_non_function); 2659 2660 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 2661 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 2662 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 2663 2664 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 2665 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 2666 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 2667} 2668 2669NamedDecl* 2670Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 2671 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2672 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 2673 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 2674 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2675 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 2676 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2677 D.setInvalidType(); 2678 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 2679 DC = CurContext; 2680 Previous.clear(); 2681 } 2682 2683 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2684 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 2685 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 2686 } 2687 2688 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 2689 2690 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 2691 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 2692 2693 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 2694 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 2695 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 2696 return 0; 2697 } 2698 2699 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo); 2700 if (!NewTD) return 0; 2701 2702 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 2703 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 2704 2705 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 2706 // then it shall have block scope. 2707 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 2708 // that redeclarations will match. 2709 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 2710 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2711 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 2712 2713 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 2714 bool SizeIsNegative; 2715 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 2716 QualType FixedTy = 2717 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2718 Oversized); 2719 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 2720 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 2721 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 2722 } else { 2723 if (SizeIsNegative) 2724 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 2725 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 2726 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 2727 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 2728 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_array_too_large) 2729 << Oversized.toString(10); 2730 else 2731 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 2732 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 2733 } 2734 } 2735 } 2736 2737 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 2738 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 2739 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false); 2740 if (!Previous.empty()) { 2741 Redeclaration = true; 2742 MergeTypeDefDecl(NewTD, Previous); 2743 } 2744 2745 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 2746 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 2747 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 2748 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 2749 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 2750 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 2751 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 2752 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 2753 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 2754 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 2755 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 2756 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 2757 } 2758 2759 return NewTD; 2760} 2761 2762/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 2763/// previous declaration. 2764/// 2765/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 2766/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 2767/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 2768/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 2769/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 2770/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 2771/// 2772/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 2773/// lookup 2774/// 2775/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 2776/// declared. 2777/// 2778/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 2779/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 2780static bool 2781isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 2782 ASTContext &Context) { 2783 if (!PrevDecl) 2784 return false; 2785 2786 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 2787 return false; 2788 2789 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2790 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 2791 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 2792 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 2793 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 2794 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 2795 // linkage of the previous declaration. 2796 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 2797 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2798 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 2799 return false; 2800 2801 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 2802 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 2803 // We found a member function: ignore it. 2804 return false; 2805 2806 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 2807 // previous declarations. 2808 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 2809 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 2810 2811 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 2812 // isn't the same function. 2813 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 2814 return false; 2815 } 2816 2817 return true; 2818} 2819 2820static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 2821 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 2822 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 2823 DD->setQualifierInfo(static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()), 2824 SS.getRange()); 2825} 2826 2827NamedDecl* 2828Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 2829 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2830 LookupResult &Previous, 2831 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2832 bool &Redeclaration) { 2833 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 2834 2835 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 2836 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2837 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 2838 2839 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 2840 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2841 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2842 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2843 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2844 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2845 // an error here 2846 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2847 D.setInvalidType(); 2848 SC = SC_None; 2849 } 2850 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2851 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2852 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2853 2854 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 2855 if (!II) { 2856 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 2857 << Name.getAsString(); 2858 return 0; 2859 } 2860 2861 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 2862 2863 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 2864 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 2865 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 2866 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 2867 2868 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 2869 // is a GNU extension. 2870 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 2871 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 2872 else 2873 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 2874 D.setInvalidType(); 2875 } 2876 } 2877 2878 bool isExplicitSpecialization; 2879 VarDecl *NewVD; 2880 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2881 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2882 II, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2883 2884 if (D.isInvalidType()) 2885 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2886 } else { 2887 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 2888 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 2889 if (SC == SC_Static) { 2890 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2891 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 2892 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 2893 } else if (SC == SC_None) 2894 SC = SC_Static; 2895 } 2896 if (SC == SC_Static) { 2897 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 2898 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 2899 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2900 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 2901 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 2902 2903 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 2904 // the program is ill-formed. 2905 // 2906 // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 2907 if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName())) 2908 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2909 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct) 2910 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 2911 } 2912 } 2913 2914 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 2915 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 2916 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 2917 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size(); 2918 bool Invalid = false; 2919 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 2920 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 2921 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2922 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 2923 TemplateParamLists.get(), 2924 TemplateParamLists.size(), 2925 /*never a friend*/ false, 2926 isExplicitSpecialization, 2927 Invalid)) { 2928 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 2929 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 2930 2931 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 2932 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 2933 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 2934 << II 2935 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2936 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 2937 return 0; 2938 } else { 2939 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 2940 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 2941 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2942 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 2943 << II 2944 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2945 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 2946 2947 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 2948 } 2949 } 2950 2951 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2952 II, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2953 2954 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 2955 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2956 2957 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 2958 2959 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2960 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 2961 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 2962 TemplateParamLists.release()); 2963 } 2964 } 2965 2966 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 2967 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 2968 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 2969 else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported()) 2970 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 2971 else 2972 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 2973 } 2974 2975 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 2976 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 2977 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 2978 2979 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 2980 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 2981 2982 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 2983 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 2984 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 2985 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 2986 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 2987 Context, SE->getString())); 2988 } 2989 2990 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 2991 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 2992 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 2993 2994 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 2995 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 2996 // declaration has linkage). 2997 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage()); 2998 2999 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3000 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3001 else { 3002 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 3003 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3004 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3005 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 3006 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3007 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 3008 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3009 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 3010 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3011 Previous.clear(); 3012 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3013 } 3014 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3015 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 3016 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 3017 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 3018 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3019 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3020 } 3021 3022 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3023 3024 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 3025 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 3026 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 3027 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3028 // For variables declared as __block which require copy construction, 3029 // must capture copy initialization expression here. 3030 if (!NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3031 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 3032 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isReferenceType() && 3033 T->getAs<RecordType>() && !T->isUnionType()) { 3034 Expr *E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(NewVD, T, 3035 VK_LValue, SourceLocation()); 3036 ExprResult Res = PerformCopyInitialization( 3037 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(NewVD->getLocation(), 3038 T, false), 3039 SourceLocation(), 3040 Owned(E)); 3041 if (!Res.isInvalid()) { 3042 Res = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Res); 3043 Expr *Init = Res.takeAs<Expr>(); 3044 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(NewVD, Init); 3045 } 3046 } 3047 } 3048 } 3049 3050 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 3051 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 3052 // here. 3053 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3054 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3055 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 3056 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 3057 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 3058 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3059 } 3060 } 3061 3062 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 3063 // such variables. 3064 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 3065 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3066 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 3067 3068 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 3069 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 3070 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 3071 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 3072 3073 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 3074 3075 return NewVD; 3076} 3077 3078/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 3079/// -Wshadow. 3080/// 3081/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 3082/// scope. 3083/// 3084/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 3085/// \param R the lookup of the name 3086/// 3087void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 3088 // Return if warning is ignored. 3089 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow) == Diagnostic::Ignored) 3090 return; 3091 3092 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. The scope might not 3093 // have a DeclContext if (e.g.) we're parsing a function prototype. 3094 DeclContext *NewDC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(S->getEntity()); 3095 if (NewDC && NewDC->isFileContext()) 3096 return; 3097 3098 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 3099 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 3100 return; 3101 3102 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 3103 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3104 return; 3105 3106 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 3107 3108 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 3109 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 3110 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 3111 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 3112 return; 3113 3114 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 3115 // static data members from base classes? 3116 3117 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 3118 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 3119 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 3120 } 3121 3122 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 3123 unsigned Kind; 3124 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 3125 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3126 Kind = 3; // field 3127 else 3128 Kind = 2; // static data member 3129 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 3130 Kind = 1; // global 3131 else 3132 Kind = 0; // local 3133 3134 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 3135 3136 // Emit warning and note. 3137 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 3138 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3139} 3140 3141/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 3142void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 3143 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 3144 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3145 LookupName(R, S); 3146 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 3147} 3148 3149/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 3150/// declaration. 3151/// 3152/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 3153/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 3154/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 3155/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 3156/// that have been instantiated from a template. 3157/// 3158/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 3159void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 3160 LookupResult &Previous, 3161 bool &Redeclaration) { 3162 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 3163 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3164 return; 3165 3166 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 3167 3168 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 3169 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 3170 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3171 } 3172 3173 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 3174 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 3175 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 3176 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 3177 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 3178 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 3179 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3180 } 3181 3182 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 3183 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3184 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 3185 3186 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 3187 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 3188 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3189 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3190 3191 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 3192 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 3193 bool SizeIsNegative; 3194 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3195 QualType FixedTy = 3196 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3197 Oversized); 3198 3199 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 3200 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 3201 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 3202 // int a[10][n]; 3203 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 3204 3205 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3206 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 3207 << SizeRange; 3208 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 3209 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 3210 << SizeRange; 3211 else 3212 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 3213 << SizeRange; 3214 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3215 } 3216 3217 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 3218 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3219 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3220 else 3221 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 3222 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3223 } 3224 3225 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3226 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 3227 } 3228 3229 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 3230 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 3231 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 3232 // declaration with the same name. 3233 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3234 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName()); 3235 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3236 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 3237 } 3238 3239 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 3240 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 3241 << T; 3242 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3243 } 3244 3245 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3246 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 3247 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3248 } 3249 3250 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3251 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 3252 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3253 } 3254 3255 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 3256 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 3257 QualType Pointee; 3258 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 3259 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 3260 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 3261 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 3262 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 3263 PtrOrRef = 1; 3264 } 3265 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 3266 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 3267 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 3268 << PtrOrRef; 3269 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3270 } 3271 3272 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3273 Redeclaration = true; 3274 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 3275 } 3276} 3277 3278/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 3279struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 3280 Sema *S; 3281 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 3282}; 3283 3284/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 3285/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 3286/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 3287static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 3288 CXXBasePath &Path, 3289 void *UserData) { 3290 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 3291 3292 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 3293 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 3294 3295 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 3296 3297 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 3298 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3299 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 3300 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 3301 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 3302 3303 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 3304 } 3305 3306 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 3307 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 3308 ++Path.Decls.first) { 3309 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 3310 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 3311 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 3312 return true; 3313 } 3314 } 3315 3316 return false; 3317} 3318 3319/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 3320/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 3321bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 3322 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 3323 CXXBasePaths Paths; 3324 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 3325 Data.Method = MD; 3326 Data.S = this; 3327 bool AddedAny = false; 3328 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 3329 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 3330 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 3331 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 3332 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 3333 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 3334 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD)) { 3335 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 3336 AddedAny = true; 3337 } 3338 } 3339 } 3340 } 3341 3342 return AddedAny; 3343} 3344 3345static void DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD) { 3346 LookupResult Prev(S, NewFD->getDeclName(), NewFD->getLocation(), 3347 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3348 S.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewFD->getDeclContext()); 3349 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 3350 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 3351 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 3352 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 3353 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && 3354 isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) 3355 S.Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 3356 } 3357} 3358 3359/// CheckClassMemberNameAttributes - Check for class member name checking 3360/// attributes according to [dcl.attr.override] 3361static void 3362CheckClassMemberNameAttributes(Sema& SemaRef, const FunctionDecl *FD) { 3363 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 3364 if (!MD || !MD->isVirtual()) 3365 return; 3366 3367 bool HasOverrideAttr = MD->hasAttr<OverrideAttr>(); 3368 bool HasOverriddenMethods = 3369 MD->begin_overridden_methods() != MD->end_overridden_methods(); 3370 3371 /// C++ [dcl.attr.override]p2: 3372 /// If a virtual member function f is marked override and does not override 3373 /// a member function of a base class the program is ill-formed. 3374 if (HasOverrideAttr && !HasOverriddenMethods) { 3375 SemaRef.Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::err_override_function_not_overriding) 3376 << MD->getDeclName(); 3377 return; 3378 } 3379 3380 if (!MD->getParent()->hasAttr<BaseCheckAttr>()) 3381 return; 3382 3383 /// C++ [dcl.attr.override]p6: 3384 /// In a class definition marked base_check, if a virtual member function 3385 /// that is neither implicitly-declared nor a destructor overrides a 3386 /// member function of a base class and it is not marked override, the 3387 /// program is ill-formed. 3388 if (HasOverriddenMethods && !HasOverrideAttr && !MD->isImplicit() && 3389 !isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 3390 llvm::SmallVector<const CXXMethodDecl*, 4> 3391 OverriddenMethods(MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 3392 MD->end_overridden_methods()); 3393 3394 SemaRef.Diag(MD->getLocation(), 3395 diag::err_function_overriding_without_override) 3396 << MD->getDeclName() << (unsigned)OverriddenMethods.size(); 3397 3398 for (unsigned I = 0; I != OverriddenMethods.size(); ++I) 3399 SemaRef.Diag(OverriddenMethods[I]->getLocation(), 3400 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 3401 } 3402} 3403 3404NamedDecl* 3405Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3406 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3407 LookupResult &Previous, 3408 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3409 bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration) { 3410 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 3411 3412 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3413 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3414 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3415 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None; 3416 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 3417 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); 3418 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 3419 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 3420 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 3421 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3422 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 3423 D.setInvalidType(); 3424 break; 3425 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break; 3426 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = SC_Extern; break; 3427 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 3428 if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3429 // C99 6.7.1p5: 3430 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 3431 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 3432 // other than extern 3433 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 3434 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3435 diag::err_static_block_func); 3436 SC = SC_None; 3437 } else 3438 SC = SC_Static; 3439 break; 3440 } 3441 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break; 3442 } 3443 3444 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3445 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3446 3447 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 3448 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 3449 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3450 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 3451 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 3452 D.setInvalidType(); 3453 } 3454 3455 FunctionDecl *NewFD; 3456 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 3457 bool isFriend = false; 3458 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3459 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3460 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3461 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 3462 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3463 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 3464 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = 0; 3465 3466 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3467 // Determine whether the function was written with a 3468 // prototype. This true when: 3469 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 3470 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 3471 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 3472 bool HasPrototype = 3473 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 3474 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 3475 3476 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3477 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3478 HasPrototype); 3479 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3480 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3481 3482 // Set the lexical context. 3483 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3484 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 3485 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage()); 3486 } else { 3487 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3488 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 3489 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 3490 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 3491 3492 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 3493 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 3494 // the class has been completely parsed. 3495 if (!DC->isRecord() && 3496 RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3497 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 3498 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 3499 AbstractReturnType)) 3500 D.setInvalidType(); 3501 3502 3503 if (isFriend) { 3504 // C++ [class.friend]p5 3505 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 3506 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 3507 isInline |= IsFunctionDefinition; 3508 } 3509 3510 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 3511 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 3512 assert(DC->isRecord() && 3513 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 3514 3515 R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3516 3517 // Create the new declaration 3518 NewFD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context, 3519 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3520 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3521 isExplicit, isInline, 3522 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3523 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3524 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 3525 if (DC->isRecord()) { 3526 R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3527 3528 NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, 3529 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3530 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3531 isInline, 3532 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3533 isVirtualOkay = true; 3534 } else { 3535 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 3536 3537 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 3538 // code path. 3539 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3540 Name, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3541 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 3542 D.setInvalidType(); 3543 } 3544 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 3545 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 3546 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3547 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 3548 return 0; 3549 } 3550 3551 CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3552 NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3553 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3554 isInline, isExplicit); 3555 3556 isVirtualOkay = true; 3557 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 3558 // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this 3559 // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 3560 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 3561 // constructor if it has no return type). 3562 // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type 3563 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 3564 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 3565 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 3566 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 3567 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3568 return 0; 3569 } 3570 3571 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 3572 3573 // [class.free]p1: 3574 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 3575 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3576 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 3577 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 3578 isStatic = true; 3579 3580 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 3581 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3582 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 3583 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 3584 isStatic = true; 3585 3586 // This is a C++ method declaration. 3587 NewFD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3588 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3589 isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline); 3590 3591 isVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 3592 } else { 3593 // Determine whether the function was written with a 3594 // prototype. This true when: 3595 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 3596 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3597 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3598 true/*HasPrototype*/); 3599 } 3600 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 3601 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3602 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 3603 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size(); 3604 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3605 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3606 3607 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 3608 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 3609 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3610 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3611 3612 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3613 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3614 bool Invalid = false; 3615 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3616 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3617 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3618 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3619 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3620 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3621 isFriend, 3622 isExplicitSpecialization, 3623 Invalid)) { 3624 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 3625 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 3626 3627 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3628 // This is a function template 3629 3630 // Check that we can declare a template here. 3631 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 3632 return 0; 3633 3634 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3635 NewFD->getLocation(), 3636 Name, TemplateParams, 3637 NewFD); 3638 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3639 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 3640 } else { 3641 // This is a function template specialization. 3642 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3643 3644 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 3645 if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3646 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 3647 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 3648 3649 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 3650 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 3651 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 3652 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 3653 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 3654 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 3655 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 3656 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 3657 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 3658 } 3659 3660 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 3661 << Name << RemoveRange 3662 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 3663 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 3664 } 3665 } 3666 } 3667 3668 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3669 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3670 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 3671 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3672 } 3673 3674 if (Invalid) { 3675 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3676 if (FunctionTemplate) 3677 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 3678 } 3679 3680 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 3681 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 3682 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 3683 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 3684 // 3685 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3686 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 3687 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3688 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3689 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 3690 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 3691 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 3692 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 3693 } else { 3694 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 3695 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 3696 } 3697 } 3698 3699 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 3700 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration. 3701 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3702 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3703 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 3704 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3705 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 3706 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 3707 } 3708 } 3709 3710 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 3711 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 3712 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1 3713 // and 12.3.2. 3714 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3715 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 3716 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 3717 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3718 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 3719 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 3720 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 3721 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 3722 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 3723 // or conversion function. 3724 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3725 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 3726 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 3727 } 3728 } 3729 3730 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 3731 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage()); 3732 3733 if (isFriend) { 3734 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 3735 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3736 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 3737 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 3738 } 3739 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 3740 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 3741 } 3742 3743 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 3744 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3745 // C++ [class.static]p1: 3746 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 3747 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 3748 // the class. 3749 3750 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 3751 // member function definition. 3752 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3753 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3754 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3755 } 3756 } 3757 3758 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3759 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 3760 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3761 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3762 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 3763 SE->getString())); 3764 } 3765 3766 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 3767 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 3768 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3769 if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0) { 3770 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 3771 3772 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 3773 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 3774 // single void argument. 3775 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 3776 // already checks for that case. 3777 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 3778 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 3779 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 3780 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 3781 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 3782 3783 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 3784 // typedef of void is not permitted. 3785 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 3786 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) 3787 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void); 3788 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 3789 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 3790 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 3791 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 3792 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 3793 Params.push_back(Param); 3794 3795 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 3796 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3797 } 3798 } 3799 3800 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 3801 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 3802 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 3803 // parameters for use in the declaration. 3804 // 3805 // @code 3806 // typedef void fn(int); 3807 // fn f; 3808 // @endcode 3809 3810 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 3811 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 3812 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 3813 ParmVarDecl *Param = 3814 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 3815 Params.push_back(Param); 3816 } 3817 } else { 3818 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 3819 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 3820 } 3821 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 3822 NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 3823 3824 bool OverloadableAttrRequired=false; // FIXME: HACK! 3825 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3826 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 3827 bool isExplctSpecialization=false; 3828 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplctSpecialization, 3829 Redeclaration, 3830 /*FIXME:*/OverloadableAttrRequired); 3831 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 3832 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 3833 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 3834 } else { 3835 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 3836 // argument list into our AST format. 3837 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 3838 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 3839 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 3840 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 3841 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 3842 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 3843 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 3844 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 3845 TemplateId->NumArgs); 3846 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 3847 TemplateArgs); 3848 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 3849 3850 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 3851 3852 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3853 // FIXME: Diagnose function template with explicit template 3854 // arguments. 3855 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 3856 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 3857 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3858 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 3859 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 3860 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 3861 // too few of them). 3862 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 3863 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 3864 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 3865 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3866 "template<> "); 3867 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3868 } else { 3869 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 3870 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3871 } 3872 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3873 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 3874 // wrote something like: 3875 // template <> friend void foo(int); 3876 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 3877 // friend void foo<>(int); 3878 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 3879 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 3880 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3881 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3882 } 3883 3884 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 3885 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 3886 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 3887 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 3888 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 3889 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) { 3890 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 3891 "friend function specialization without template args"); 3892 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 3893 Previous)) 3894 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3895 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3896 if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 3897 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 3898 Previous)) 3899 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3900 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 3901 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 3902 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3903 } 3904 3905 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 3906 bool flag_c_overloaded=false; // unused for c++ 3907 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 3908 Redeclaration, /*FIXME:*/flag_c_overloaded); 3909 3910 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 3911 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 3912 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 3913 3914 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 3915 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 3916 : NewFD); 3917 3918 if (isFriend && Redeclaration) { 3919 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 3920 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 3921 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 3922 3923 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 3924 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 3925 3926 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 3927 } 3928 3929 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 3930 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 3931 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 3932 3933 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 3934 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 3935 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3936 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 3937 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3938 PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 3939 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate 3940 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 3941 } 3942 3943 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3944 // Ignore all the rest of this. 3945 } else if (!Redeclaration) { 3946 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 3947 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 3948 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 3949 3950 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 3951 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3952 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 3953 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 3954 3955 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 3956 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 3957 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 3958 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 3959 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 3960 // can actually do this check immediately. 3961 if (isFriend && 3962 (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists || 3963 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 3964 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 3965 // ignore these 3966 } else { 3967 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 3968 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 3969 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 3970 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 3971 // 3972 // class X { 3973 // void f() const; 3974 // }; 3975 // 3976 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 3977 // 3978 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 3979 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 3980 // whether the parameter types are references). 3981 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) 3982 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3983 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3984 3985 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 3986 } 3987 3988 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 3989 // to something. 3990 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 3991 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_matching_local_friend); 3992 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3993 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 3994 } 3995 3996 } else if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 3997 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 3998 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 3999 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 4000 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4001 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 4002 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 4003 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension 4004 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them. 4005 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 4006 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4007 } 4008 } 4009 4010 4011 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 4012 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 4013 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 4014 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 4015 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 4016 4017 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 4018 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 4019 if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 4020 const FunctionDecl *Def; 4021 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4022 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->hasBody(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 4023 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 4024 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4025 } 4026 } 4027 4028 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 4029 4030 if (OverloadableAttrRequired && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 4031 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 4032 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 4033 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 4034 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 4035 if (!Previous.empty()) 4036 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 4037 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 4038 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), Context)); 4039 } 4040 4041 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 4042 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4043 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4044 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 4045 << NewFD; 4046 4047 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 4048 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4049 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 4050 0, 0, true, 0, false, false, 0, 0, 4051 FT->getExtInfo()); 4052 NewFD->setType(R); 4053 } 4054 4055 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4056 // member, set the visibility of this function. 4057 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4058 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 4059 4060 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 4061 // map of such names. 4062 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 4063 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4064 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 4065 4066 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 4067 NewFD->setLocEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 4068 4069 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4070 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4071 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4072 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4073 return FunctionTemplate; 4074 } 4075 CheckClassMemberNameAttributes(*this, NewFD); 4076 } 4077 4078 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 4079 return NewFD; 4080} 4081 4082/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 4083/// 4084/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 4085/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 4086/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 4087/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 4088/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 4089/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 4090/// via InstantiateDecl). 4091/// 4092/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 4093/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 4094/// 4095/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 4096void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4097 LookupResult &Previous, 4098 bool IsExplicitSpecialization, 4099 bool &Redeclaration, 4100 bool &OverloadableAttrRequired) { 4101 // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking. 4102 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4103 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 4104 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 4105 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4106 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 4107 4108 return; 4109 } 4110 4111 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4112 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 4113 // because all functions have linkage. 4114 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 4115 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4116 } 4117 4118 if (NewFD->isMain()) 4119 CheckMain(NewFD); 4120 4121 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 4122 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 4123 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4124 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4125 // declaration with the same name. 4126 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4127 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName()); 4128 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4129 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4130 } 4131 4132 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 4133 // the same name, if appropriate. 4134 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4135 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 4136 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 4137 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 4138 // function to the scope. 4139 4140 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 4141 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 4142 Redeclaration = true; 4143 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 4144 } else { 4145 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 4146 OverloadableAttrRequired = true; 4147 4148 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 4149 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 4150 case Ovl_Match: 4151 Redeclaration = true; 4152 break; 4153 4154 case Ovl_NonFunction: 4155 Redeclaration = true; 4156 break; 4157 4158 case Ovl_Overload: 4159 Redeclaration = false; 4160 break; 4161 } 4162 } 4163 4164 if (Redeclaration) { 4165 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 4166 // merged. 4167 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) 4168 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4169 4170 Previous.clear(); 4171 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 4172 4173 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 4174 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 4175 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 4176 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 4177 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 4178 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 4179 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 4180 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 4181 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4182 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4183 } 4184 4185 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 4186 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 4187 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 4188 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 4189 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 4190 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 4191 } 4192 } else { 4193 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 4194 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 4195 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 4196 } 4197 } 4198 } 4199 4200 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 4201 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4202 // C++-specific checks. 4203 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4204 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 4205 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 4206 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4207 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 4208 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4209 4210 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 4211 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 4212 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 4213 DeclarationName Name 4214 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4215 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 4216 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 4217 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 4218 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4219 } 4220 } 4221 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 4222 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4223 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 4224 } 4225 4226 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 4227 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4228 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 4229 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4230 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 4231 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 4232 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4233 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 4234 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4235 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 4236 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 4237 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 4238 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 4239 ++Overridden) { 4240 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 4241 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 4242 } 4243 } 4244 } 4245 } 4246 } 4247 4248 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 4249 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 4250 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4251 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4252 4253 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 4254 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 4255 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4256 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4257 4258 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 4259 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 4260 // during delayed parsing anyway. 4261 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 4262 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 4263 } 4264} 4265 4266void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) { 4267 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 4268 // or static is ill-formed. 4269 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 4270 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 4271 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 4272 bool isInline = FD->isInlineSpecified(); 4273 bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static; 4274 if (isInline || isStatic) { 4275 unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl; 4276 if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 4277 diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl; 4278 4279 int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1; 4280 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which; 4281 } 4282 4283 QualType T = FD->getType(); 4284 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 4285 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4286 4287 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 4288 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4289 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc(); 4290 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder& D = Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), 4291 diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 4292 if (FunctionTypeLoc* PTL = dyn_cast<FunctionTypeLoc>(&TL)) { 4293 D << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(PTL->getResultLoc().getSourceRange(), 4294 "int"); 4295 } 4296 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4297 } 4298 4299 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 4300 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 4301 4302 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 4303 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 4304 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 4305 4306 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 4307 4308 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 4309 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 4310 // getting shifty. 4311 if (nparams == 4 && 4312 Context.Target.getTriple().getOS() == llvm::Triple::Darwin) 4313 HasExtraParameters = false; 4314 4315 if (HasExtraParameters) { 4316 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 4317 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4318 nparams = 3; 4319 } 4320 4321 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 4322 // if we had some location information about types. 4323 4324 QualType CharPP = 4325 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 4326 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 4327 4328 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 4329 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 4330 4331 bool mismatch = true; 4332 4333 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 4334 mismatch = false; 4335 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 4336 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 4337 // char const ** 4338 // char const * const * 4339 // char * const * 4340 4341 QualifierCollector qs; 4342 const PointerType* PT; 4343 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4344 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4345 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 4346 qs.removeConst(); 4347 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 4348 } 4349 } 4350 4351 if (mismatch) { 4352 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 4353 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 4354 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4355 } 4356 } 4357 4358 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4359 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 4360 } 4361 4362 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4363 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 4364 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 4365 } 4366} 4367 4368bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 4369 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 4370 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 4371 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 4372 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 4373 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 4374 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 4375 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 4376 // rules there don't matter.) 4377 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 4378 return false; 4379 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 4380 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4381 return true; 4382} 4383 4384void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init) { 4385 AddInitializerToDecl(dcl, init, /*DirectInit=*/false); 4386} 4387 4388/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 4389/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 4390/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 4391void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 4392 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 4393 // the initializer. 4394 if (RealDecl == 0) 4395 return; 4396 4397 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4398 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 4399 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 4400 // Thus this grotesque test. 4401 IntegerLiteral *IL; 4402 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 4403 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 4404 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 4405 else { 4406 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 4407 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 4408 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 4409 } 4410 return; 4411 } 4412 4413 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 4414 if (!VDecl) { 4415 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4416 RealDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 4417 isa<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)) 4418 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization); 4419 else 4420 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 4421 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4422 return; 4423 } 4424 4425 4426 4427 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 4428 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 4429 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 4430 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 4431 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 4432 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 4433 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 4434 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4435 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4436 return; 4437 } 4438 4439 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 4440 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 4441 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4442 AbstractVariableType)) 4443 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4444 4445 const VarDecl *Def; 4446 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 4447 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 4448 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4449 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4450 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4451 return; 4452 } 4453 4454 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 4455 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 4456 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 4457 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 4458 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 4459 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 4460 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 4461 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 4462 // 4463 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 4464 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 4465 // declaration with an initializer. 4466 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 4467 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 4468 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4469 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4470 return; 4471 } 4472 4473 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 4474 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4475 4476 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of 4477 // initialization. 4478 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 4479 4480 // FIXME: Poor source location information. 4481 InitializationKind Kind 4482 = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 4483 Init->getLocStart(), 4484 Init->getLocEnd()) 4485 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 4486 Init->getLocStart()); 4487 4488 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 4489 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 4490 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 4491 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 4492 if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 4493 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 4494 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4495 } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4496 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4497 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4498 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4499 &DclT); 4500 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4501 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4502 return; 4503 } 4504 4505 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4506 4507 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 4508 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 4509 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4510 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. 4511 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 4512 } 4513 } 4514 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 4515 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4516 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 4517 // 4518 // struct S { 4519 // static const int value = 17; 4520 // }; 4521 4522 // Try to perform the initialization regardless. 4523 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4524 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4525 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4526 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4527 &DclT); 4528 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4529 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4530 return; 4531 } 4532 4533 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4534 } 4535 4536 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 4537 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 4538 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 4539 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 4540 QualType T = VDecl->getType(); 4541 4542 // Do nothing on dependent types. 4543 if (T->isDependentType()) { 4544 4545 // Require constness. 4546 } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 4547 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 4548 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4549 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4550 4551 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 4552 } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 4553 if (!Init->isValueDependent()) { 4554 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 4555 llvm::APSInt Value; 4556 SourceLocation Loc; 4557 if (!Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, &Loc)) { 4558 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 4559 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4560 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4561 } 4562 } 4563 4564 // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and 4565 // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really 4566 // implement fully. 4567 } else { 4568 bool Allowed = false; 4569 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) { 4570 Allowed = T->isLiteralType(); 4571 } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 4572 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 4573 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 4574 Allowed = true; 4575 } 4576 4577 if (!Allowed) { 4578 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 4579 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 4580 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4581 4582 // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't. 4583 } else if (!Init->isValueDependent() && 4584 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) { 4585 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 4586 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4587 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4588 } 4589 } 4590 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 4591 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 4592 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 4593 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 4594 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 4595 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4596 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4597 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4598 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4599 &DclT); 4600 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4601 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4602 return; 4603 } 4604 4605 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4606 } 4607 4608 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 4609 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 4610 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4611 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 4612 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 4613 } 4614 } 4615 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 4616 // completed by the initializer. For example: 4617 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 4618 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 4619 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 4620 VDecl->setType(DclT); 4621 Init->setType(DclT); 4622 } 4623 4624 4625 // If this variable is a local declaration with record type, make sure it 4626 // doesn't have a flexible member initialization. We only support this as a 4627 // global/static definition. 4628 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 4629 if (const RecordType *RT = VDecl->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 4630 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 4631 // Check whether the initializer tries to initialize the flexible 4632 // array member itself to anything other than an empty initializer list. 4633 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 4634 unsigned Index = std::distance(RT->getDecl()->field_begin(), 4635 RT->getDecl()->field_end()) - 1; 4636 if (Index < ILE->getNumInits() && 4637 !(isa<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index)) && 4638 cast<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index))->getNumInits() == 0)) { 4639 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_flexible_variable); 4640 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4641 } 4642 } 4643 } 4644 4645 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 4646 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 4647 4648 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 4649 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 4650 VDecl->setInit(Init); 4651 4652 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4653 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 4654 !VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 4655 VDecl->hasGlobalStorage() && !VDecl->isStaticLocal() && 4656 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, 4657 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) 4658 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 4659 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4660 4661 // Make sure we mark the destructor as used if necessary. 4662 QualType InitType = VDecl->getType(); 4663 while (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(InitType)) 4664 InitType = Context.getBaseElementType(Array); 4665 if (const RecordType *Record = InitType->getAs<RecordType>()) 4666 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VDecl, Record); 4667 } 4668 4669 return; 4670} 4671 4672/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 4673/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 4674/// of sanity. 4675void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 4676 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 4677 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 4678 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 4679 4680 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 4681 if (!VD) return; 4682 4683 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 4684 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 4685 4686 // Require a complete type. 4687 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 4688 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 4689 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4690 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 4691 return; 4692 } 4693 4694 // Require an abstract type. 4695 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 4696 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4697 AbstractVariableType)) { 4698 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 4699 return; 4700 } 4701 4702 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 4703 // though. 4704} 4705 4706void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 4707 bool TypeContainsUndeducedAuto) { 4708 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 4709 if (RealDecl == 0) 4710 return; 4711 4712 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4713 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 4714 4715 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3 4716 if (TypeContainsUndeducedAuto) { 4717 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 4718 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 4719 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4720 return; 4721 } 4722 4723 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 4724 case VarDecl::Definition: 4725 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 4726 break; 4727 4728 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 4729 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 4730 // a declaration. 4731 // 4732 // Fall through 4733 4734 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 4735 // It's only a declaration. 4736 4737 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 4738 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 4739 // object shall be complete. 4740 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 4741 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4742 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4743 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 4744 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4745 4746 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 4747 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4748 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4749 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4750 AbstractVariableType)) 4751 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4752 return; 4753 4754 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 4755 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 4756 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 4757 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 4758 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 4759 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 4760 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 4761 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 4762 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 4763 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 4764 ArrayT->getElementType(), 4765 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 4766 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4767 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4768 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 4769 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 4770 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 4771 // NOTE: code such as the following 4772 // static struct s; 4773 // struct s { int a; }; 4774 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 4775 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 4776 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 4777 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 4778 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4779 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 4780 } 4781 } 4782 4783 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 4784 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 4785 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 4786 return; 4787 } 4788 4789 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 4790 // definitions with incomplete array type. 4791 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 4792 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 4793 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 4794 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4795 return; 4796 } 4797 4798 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 4799 // definitions with reference type. 4800 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 4801 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 4802 << Var->getDeclName() 4803 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 4804 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4805 return; 4806 } 4807 4808 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 4809 // variable with dependent type. 4810 if (Type->isDependentType()) 4811 return; 4812 4813 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 4814 return; 4815 4816 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 4817 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 4818 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4819 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4820 return; 4821 } 4822 4823 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 4824 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4825 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4826 AbstractVariableType)) { 4827 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4828 return; 4829 } 4830 4831 const RecordType *Record 4832 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>(); 4833 if (Record && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 4834 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->isPOD()) { 4835 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 4836 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 4837 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 4838 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 4839 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 4840 // type shall have a user-declared default 4841 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 4842 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 4843 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 4844 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 4845 // program is ill-formed. 4846 // FIXME: DPG thinks it is very fishy that C++0x disables this. 4847 } else { 4848 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 4849 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 4850 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 4851 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) 4852 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4853 4854 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 4855 InitializationKind Kind 4856 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 4857 4858 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 4859 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4860 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 4861 if (Init.isInvalid()) 4862 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4863 else if (Init.get()) { 4864 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 4865 4866 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4867 Var->hasGlobalStorage() && !Var->isStaticLocal() && 4868 !Var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 4869 !Var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 4870 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor); 4871 } 4872 } 4873 4874 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Record) 4875 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(Var, Record); 4876 } 4877} 4878 4879Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 4880Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4881 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 4882 llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 4883 4884 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 4885 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 4886 4887 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 4888 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 4889 Decls.push_back(D); 4890 4891 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, 4892 Decls.data(), Decls.size())); 4893} 4894 4895 4896/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 4897/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 4898Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4899 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 4900 4901 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 4902 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 4903 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 4904 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 4905 StorageClass = SC_Register; 4906 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 4907 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4908 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4909 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 4910 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 4911 } 4912 4913 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4914 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4915 4916 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4917 4918 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 4919 // parameter (C++ only). 4920 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 4921 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4922 4923 TagDecl *OwnedDecl = 0; 4924 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &OwnedDecl); 4925 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 4926 4927 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && OwnedDecl && OwnedDecl->isDefinition()) { 4928 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 4929 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 4930 Diag(OwnedDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 4931 << Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedDecl); 4932 } 4933 4934 // Ensure we have a valid name 4935 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 4936 if (D.hasName()) { 4937 II = D.getIdentifier(); 4938 if (!II) { 4939 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 4940 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 4941 D.setInvalidType(true); 4942 } 4943 } 4944 4945 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 4946 if (II) { 4947 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 4948 ForRedeclaration); 4949 LookupName(R, S); 4950 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 4951 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 4952 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 4953 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4954 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 4955 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4956 PrevDecl = 0; 4957 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 4958 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 4959 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4960 4961 // Recover by removing the name 4962 II = 0; 4963 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4964 D.setInvalidType(true); 4965 } 4966 } 4967 } 4968 4969 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 4970 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 4971 // looking like class members in C++. 4972 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4973 TInfo, parmDeclType, II, 4974 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4975 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 4976 4977 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4978 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4979 4980 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4981 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4982 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 4983 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4984 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4985 } 4986 4987 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 4988 S->AddDecl(New); 4989 if (II) 4990 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 4991 4992 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 4993 4994 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4995 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 4996 } 4997 return New; 4998} 4999 5000/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 5001/// typedef. 5002ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 5003 SourceLocation Loc, 5004 QualType T) { 5005 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, 0, 5006 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 5007 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 5008 Param->setImplicit(); 5009 return Param; 5010} 5011 5012void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5013 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 5014 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_unused_parameter) == 5015 Diagnostic::Ignored) 5016 return; 5017 5018 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 5019 // will already have done so in the template itself. 5020 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 5021 return; 5022 5023 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5024 if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 5025 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 5026 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 5027 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 5028 } 5029 } 5030} 5031 5032void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5033 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 5034 QualType ReturnTy, 5035 NamedDecl *D) { 5036 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 5037 return; 5038 5039 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5040 // threshold. 5041 if (ReturnTy->isPODType()) { 5042 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 5043 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5044 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 5045 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 5046 } 5047 5048 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_parameter_size)==Diagnostic::Ignored) 5049 return; 5050 5051 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5052 // threshold. 5053 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5054 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 5055 if (!T->isPODType()) 5056 continue; 5057 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 5058 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5059 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 5060 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 5061 } 5062} 5063 5064ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, 5065 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, QualType T, 5066 IdentifierInfo *Name, 5067 SourceLocation NameLoc, 5068 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 5069 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 5070 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, NameLoc, Name, 5071 adjustParameterType(T), TSInfo, 5072 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 5073 0); 5074 5075 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 5076 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5077 // the class has been completely parsed. 5078 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 5079 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5080 AbstractParamType)) 5081 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5082 5083 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 5084 // passed by reference. 5085 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5086 Diag(NameLoc, 5087 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T; 5088 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5089 } 5090 5091 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 5092 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 5093 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 5094 // an address space. 5095 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5096 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 5097 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5098 } 5099 5100 return New; 5101} 5102 5103void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5104 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 5105 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5106 5107 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 5108 // for a K&R function. 5109 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 5110 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 5111 --i; 5112 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 5113 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 5114 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 5115 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 5116 << ";\n"; 5117 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 5118 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 5119 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 5120 5121 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 5122 // type. 5123 DeclSpec DS; 5124 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 5125 unsigned DiagID; // unused 5126 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 5127 PrevSpec, DiagID); 5128 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 5129 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 5130 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 5131 } 5132 } 5133 } 5134} 5135 5136Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 5137 Declarator &D) { 5138 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 5139 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 5140 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 5141 5142 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 5143 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 5144 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); 5145 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 5146} 5147 5148static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5149 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 5150 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 5151 return false; 5152 5153 // Or declarations that aren't global. 5154 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 5155 return false; 5156 5157 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 5158 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5159 return false; 5160 5161 // Don't warn about 'main'. 5162 if (FD->isMain()) 5163 return false; 5164 5165 // Don't warn about inline functions. 5166 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 5167 return false; 5168 5169 // Don't warn about function templates. 5170 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 5171 return false; 5172 5173 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 5174 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 5175 return false; 5176 5177 bool MissingPrototype = true; 5178 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 5179 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 5180 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 5181 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 5182 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5183 continue; 5184 5185 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 5186 break; 5187 } 5188 5189 return MissingPrototype; 5190} 5191 5192Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 5193 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 5194 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 5195 5196 if (!D) 5197 return D; 5198 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 5199 5200 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 5201 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 5202 else 5203 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5204 5205 // Enter a new function scope 5206 PushFunctionScope(); 5207 5208 // See if this is a redefinition. 5209 // But don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 5210 // was an extern inline function. 5211 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 5212 if (FD->hasBody(Definition) && 5213 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 5214 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 5215 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 5216 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 5217 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 5218 else 5219 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 5220 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5221 } 5222 5223 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 5224 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 5225 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 5226 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 5227 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5228 } 5229 } 5230 5231 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 5232 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 5233 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 5234 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 5235 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 5236 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 5237 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 5238 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5239 5240 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 5241 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 5242 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 5243 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 5244 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 5245 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 5246 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 5247 5248 if (FnBodyScope) 5249 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 5250 5251 // Check the validity of our function parameters 5252 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 5253 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 5254 5255 bool ShouldCheckShadow = 5256 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow) != Diagnostic::Ignored; 5257 5258 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 5259 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 5260 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 5261 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 5262 5263 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 5264 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 5265 if (ShouldCheckShadow) 5266 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 5267 5268 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 5269 } 5270 } 5271 5272 // Checking attributes of current function definition 5273 // dllimport attribute. 5274 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5275 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 5276 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 5277 if (!DA->isInherited()) { 5278 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 5279 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 5280 << "dllimport"; 5281 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5282 return FD; 5283 } 5284 5285 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 5286 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 5287 if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) { 5288 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 5289 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 5290 // emitted. 5291 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 5292 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5293 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 5294 } 5295 } 5296 return FD; 5297} 5298 5299/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 5300/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 5301/// optimization. 5302/// 5303/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 5304/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 5305/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 5306/// use the named return value optimization. 5307/// 5308/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 5309/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 5310/// the NRVO variable. 5311/// 5312/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 5313/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 5314/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 5315static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 5316 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 5317 5318 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 5319 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 5320 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 5321 return; 5322 5323 if (!NRVOCandidate) 5324 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 5325 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 5326 return; 5327 } 5328 5329 if (NRVOCandidate) 5330 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 5331} 5332 5333Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 5334 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 5335} 5336 5337Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 5338 bool IsInstantiation) { 5339 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 5340 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 5341 if (FunTmpl) 5342 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 5343 else 5344 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 5345 5346 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 5347 5348 if (FD) { 5349 FD->setBody(Body); 5350 if (FD->isMain()) { 5351 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 5352 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 5353 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 5354 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 5355 } 5356 5357 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5358 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 5359 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 5360 FD->getResultType(), FD); 5361 5362 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 5363 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 5364 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 5365 5366 ComputeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 5367 } 5368 5369 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 5370 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 5371 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 5372 MD->setBody(Body); 5373 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 5374 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5375 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 5376 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 5377 MD->getResultType(), MD); 5378 } 5379 } else { 5380 return 0; 5381 } 5382 5383 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 5384 5385 // Check goto/label use. 5386 FunctionScopeInfo *CurFn = getCurFunction(); 5387 for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator 5388 I = CurFn->LabelMap.begin(), E = CurFn->LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) { 5389 LabelStmt *L = I->second; 5390 5391 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 5392 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 5393 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 5394 if (L->getSubStmt() != 0) { 5395 if (!L->isUsed()) 5396 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::warn_unused_label) << L->getName(); 5397 continue; 5398 } 5399 5400 // Emit error. 5401 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName(); 5402 5403 // At this point, we have gotos that use the bogus label. Stitch it into 5404 // the function body so that they aren't leaked and that the AST is well 5405 // formed. 5406 if (Body == 0) { 5407 // The whole function wasn't parsed correctly. 5408 continue; 5409 } 5410 5411 // Otherwise, the body is valid: we want to stitch the label decl into the 5412 // function somewhere so that it is properly owned and so that the goto 5413 // has a valid target. Do this by creating a new compound stmt with the 5414 // label in it. 5415 5416 // Give the label a sub-statement. 5417 L->setSubStmt(new (Context) NullStmt(L->getIdentLoc())); 5418 5419 CompoundStmt *Compound = isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body) ? 5420 cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)->getTryBlock() : 5421 cast<CompoundStmt>(Body); 5422 llvm::SmallVector<Stmt*, 64> Elements(Compound->body_begin(), 5423 Compound->body_end()); 5424 Elements.push_back(L); 5425 Compound->setStmts(Context, Elements.data(), Elements.size()); 5426 } 5427 5428 if (Body) { 5429 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 5430 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 5431 // Verify this. 5432 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 5433 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 5434 5435 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 5436 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 5437 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 5438 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 5439 !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction()) 5440 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 5441 5442 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 5443 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 5444 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 5445 5446 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 5447 Destructor->getParent()); 5448 } 5449 5450 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 5451 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 5452 // deletion in some later function. 5453 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 5454 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 5455 else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 5456 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 5457 // enabled. 5458 QualType ResultType; 5459 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) { 5460 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, FD); 5461 } else { 5462 ObjCMethodDecl *MD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl); 5463 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, MD); 5464 } 5465 } 5466 5467 assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 5468 } 5469 5470 if (!IsInstantiation) 5471 PopDeclContext(); 5472 5473 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(); 5474 5475 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 5476 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 5477 // deletion in some later function. 5478 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 5479 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 5480 5481 return dcl; 5482} 5483 5484/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 5485/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 5486NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 5487 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 5488 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 5489 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 5490 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 5491 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 5492 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5493 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II); 5494 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 5495 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 5496 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5497 return Pos->second; 5498 } 5499 5500 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 5501 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 5502 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II; 5503 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 5504 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5505 else 5506 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5507 5508 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 5509 const char *Dummy; 5510 DeclSpec DS; 5511 unsigned DiagID; 5512 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 5513 Error = Error; // Silence warning. 5514 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 5515 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 5516 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 5517 0, 0, false, SourceLocation(), 5518 false, 0,0,0, Loc, Loc, D), 5519 SourceLocation()); 5520 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 5521 5522 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 5523 5524 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 5525 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 5526 5527 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 5528 FD->setImplicit(); 5529 5530 CurContext = PrevDC; 5531 5532 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 5533 5534 return FD; 5535} 5536 5537/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 5538/// the declaration of this function. 5539/// 5540/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 5541/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 5542/// like NSLog or printf. 5543void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 5544 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 5545 return; 5546 5547 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 5548 // actual attributes. 5549 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 5550 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 5551 unsigned FormatIdx; 5552 bool HasVAListArg; 5553 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 5554 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5555 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5556 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 5557 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 5558 } 5559 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 5560 HasVAListArg)) { 5561 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5562 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5563 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 5564 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 5565 } 5566 5567 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 5568 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 5569 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 5570 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 5571 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 5572 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 5573 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5574 } 5575 5576 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(BuiltinID)) 5577 FD->setType(Context.getNoReturnType(FD->getType())); 5578 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID)) 5579 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5580 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID)) 5581 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5582 } 5583 5584 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 5585 if (!Name) 5586 return; 5587 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5588 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 5589 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 5590 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 5591 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 5592 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 5593 // about. 5594 } else 5595 return; 5596 5597 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 5598 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 5599 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 5600 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 5601 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 5602 } else 5603 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5604 "printf", 1, 5605 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 5606 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 5607 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 5608 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 5609 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5610 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5611 "printf", 2, 5612 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 5613 } 5614} 5615 5616TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 5617 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 5618 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 5619 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 5620 5621 if (!TInfo) { 5622 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 5623 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5624 } 5625 5626 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 5627 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 5628 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5629 D.getIdentifier(), 5630 TInfo); 5631 5632 if (const TagType *TT = T->getAs<TagType>()) { 5633 TagDecl *TD = TT->getDecl(); 5634 5635 // If the TagDecl that the TypedefDecl points to is an anonymous decl 5636 // keep track of the TypedefDecl. 5637 if (!TD->getIdentifier() && !TD->getTypedefForAnonDecl()) 5638 TD->setTypedefForAnonDecl(NewTD); 5639 } 5640 5641 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5642 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5643 return NewTD; 5644} 5645 5646 5647/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 5648/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 5649/// 5650/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 5651bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 5652 TagTypeKind NewTag, 5653 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 5654 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 5655 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 5656 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 5657 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 5658 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 5659 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 5660 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 5661 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 5662 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 5663 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 5664 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 5665 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 5666 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 5667 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 5668 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 5669 if (OldTag == NewTag) 5670 return true; 5671 5672 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 5673 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 5674 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 5675 bool isTemplate = false; 5676 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 5677 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 5678 5679 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 5680 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 5681 << isTemplate << &Name 5682 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 5683 OldTag == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 5684 Diag(Previous->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 5685 return true; 5686 } 5687 return false; 5688} 5689 5690/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 5691/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 5692/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 5693/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 5694Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5695 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5696 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 5697 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 5698 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5699 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 5700 bool ScopedEnum, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 5701 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 5702 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 5703 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 5704 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 5705 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 5706 5707 OwnedDecl = false; 5708 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 5709 5710 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 5711 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5712 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParameterLists.size(); 5713 bool Invalid = false; 5714 5715 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 5716 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 5717 // for non-C++ cases. 5718 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists || 5719 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 5720 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5721 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, SS, 5722 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 5723 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 5724 TUK == TUK_Friend, 5725 isExplicitSpecialization, 5726 Invalid)) { 5727 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 5728 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 5729 5730 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5731 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 5732 // be a member of another template). 5733 if (Invalid) 5734 return 0; 5735 5736 OwnedDecl = false; 5737 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 5738 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 5739 TemplateParams, 5740 AS); 5741 TemplateParameterLists.release(); 5742 return Result.get(); 5743 } else { 5744 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 5745 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 5746 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 5747 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 5748 } 5749 } 5750 } 5751 5752 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 5753 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 5754 // redeclaration. 5755 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 5756 5757 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 5758 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 5759 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 5760 // type, default to int. 5761 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 5762 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 5763 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 5764 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 5765 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 5766 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 5767 EnumUnderlying = TI; 5768 5769 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 5770 5771 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) { 5772 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) 5773 << T; 5774 // Recover by falling back to int. 5775 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 5776 } 5777 } else if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 5778 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 5779 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 5780 } 5781 5782 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 5783 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5784 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 5785 5786 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 5787 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 5788 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 5789 5790 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 5791 5792 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 5793 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 5794 5795 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 5796 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 5797 Name = 0; 5798 goto CreateNewDecl; 5799 } 5800 5801 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 5802 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 5803 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 5804 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 5805 if (!DC) { 5806 IsDependent = true; 5807 return 0; 5808 } 5809 } else { 5810 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 5811 if (!DC) { 5812 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 5813 << SS.getRange(); 5814 return 0; 5815 } 5816 } 5817 5818 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 5819 return 0; 5820 5821 SearchDC = DC; 5822 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 5823 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5824 5825 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 5826 return 0; 5827 5828 if (Previous.empty()) { 5829 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 5830 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 5831 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 5832 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 5833 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 5834 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 5835 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 5836 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 5837 IsDependent = true; 5838 return 0; 5839 } 5840 5841 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 5842 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 5843 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 5844 Name = 0; 5845 Invalid = true; 5846 goto CreateNewDecl; 5847 } 5848 } else if (Name) { 5849 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 5850 // declaration or definition. 5851 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 5852 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 5853 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 5854 LookupName(Previous, S); 5855 5856 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 5857 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 5858 return 0; 5859 5860 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 5861 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 5862 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 5863 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 5864 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 5865 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 5866 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 5867 } 5868 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 5869 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 5870 // initial context to the translation unit. 5871 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 5872 } 5873 5874 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5875 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5876 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5877 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5878 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5879 Previous.clear(); 5880 } 5881 5882 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 5883 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 5884 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 5885 isStdBadAlloc = true; 5886 5887 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 5888 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 5889 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 5890 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 5891 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 5892 } 5893 } 5894 5895 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 5896 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 5897 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 5898 // there's a shadow friend decl. 5899 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 5900 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 5901 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 5902 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 5903 5904 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 5905 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 5906 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 5907 // 5908 // class-key identifier 5909 // 5910 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 5911 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 5912 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 5913 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 5914 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 5915 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 5916 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 5917 // declaration. 5918 // 5919 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 5920 // C structs and unions. 5921 // 5922 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 5923 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 5924 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 5925 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 5926 // 5927 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 5928 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 5929 // 5930 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 5931 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 5932 // lexical context, 5933 while (SearchDC->isRecord()) 5934 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 5935 5936 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 5937 while (S->isClassScope() || 5938 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5939 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 5940 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 5941 (S->getEntity() && 5942 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 5943 S = S->getParent(); 5944 } else { 5945 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 5946 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 5947 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 5948 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 5949 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 5950 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5951 } 5952 5953 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 5954 // diagnose some problems. 5955 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5956 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 5957 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 5958 } 5959 } 5960 5961 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5962 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 5963 5964 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 5965 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 5966 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 5967 // in C++. 5968 // 5969 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 5970 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 5971 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 5972 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 5973 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5974 if (TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 5975 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 5976 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 5977 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 5978 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 5979 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 5980 PrevDecl = Tag; 5981 Previous.clear(); 5982 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 5983 Previous.resolveKind(); 5984 } 5985 } 5986 } 5987 } 5988 5989 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 5990 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 5991 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 5992 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 5993 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 5994 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { 5995 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 5996 // struct or something similar. 5997 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, KWLoc, *Name)) { 5998 bool SafeToContinue 5999 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 6000 Kind != TTK_Enum); 6001 if (SafeToContinue) 6002 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 6003 << Name 6004 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 6005 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 6006 else 6007 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 6008 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6009 6010 if (SafeToContinue) 6011 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 6012 else { 6013 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 6014 Name = 0; 6015 Previous.clear(); 6016 Invalid = true; 6017 } 6018 } 6019 6020 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 6021 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 6022 6023 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 6024 // returning the previous declaration. 6025 if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) { 6026 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 6027 << PrevEnum->isScoped(); 6028 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6029 return PrevTagDecl; 6030 } 6031 else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6032 QualType T; 6033 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 6034 T = TI->getType(); 6035 else 6036 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0); 6037 6038 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) { 6039 Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 6040 diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 6041 << T 6042 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType(); 6043 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6044 return PrevTagDecl; 6045 } 6046 } 6047 else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6048 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 6049 << PrevEnum->isFixed(); 6050 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6051 return PrevTagDecl; 6052 } 6053 } 6054 6055 if (!Invalid) { 6056 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 6057 6058 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 6059 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 6060 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 6061 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 6062 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && !PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind()) || 6063 TUK == TUK_Friend) 6064 return PrevTagDecl; 6065 6066 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 6067 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 6068 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 6069 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 6070 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 6071 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 6072 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 6073 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 6074 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 6075 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 6076 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 6077 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6078 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 6079 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 6080 // references get the previous definition. 6081 Name = 0; 6082 Previous.clear(); 6083 Invalid = true; 6084 } 6085 } else { 6086 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 6087 // about a nested redefinition. 6088 TagType *Tag = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 6089 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 6090 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 6091 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 6092 diag::note_previous_definition); 6093 Name = 0; 6094 Previous.clear(); 6095 Invalid = true; 6096 } 6097 } 6098 6099 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 6100 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 6101 } 6102 } 6103 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 6104 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 6105 6106 } else { 6107 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 6108 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 6109 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 6110 // have distinct types. 6111 Previous.clear(); 6112 } 6113 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 6114 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 6115 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 6116 6117 6118 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 6119 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 6120 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 6121 } else { 6122 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus); 6123 6124 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 6125 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 6126 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 6127 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 6128 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 6129 unsigned Kind = 0; 6130 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6131 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 6132 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 6133 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 6134 Invalid = true; 6135 6136 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 6137 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { 6138 // do nothing 6139 6140 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 6141 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 6142 unsigned Kind = 0; 6143 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6144 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 6145 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 6146 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 6147 Invalid = true; 6148 6149 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 6150 // case here. 6151 } else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6152 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 6153 << Name 6154 << cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)->getUnderlyingType(); 6155 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 6156 Invalid = true; 6157 6158 // Otherwise, diagnose. 6159 } else { 6160 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 6161 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 6162 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 6163 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6164 Name = 0; 6165 Invalid = true; 6166 } 6167 6168 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 6169 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 6170 Previous.clear(); 6171 } 6172 } 6173 6174CreateNewDecl: 6175 6176 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 6177 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 6178 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 6179 6180 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 6181 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 6182 // keyword. 6183 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 6184 6185 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 6186 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 6187 // PrevDecl. 6188 TagDecl *New; 6189 6190 bool IsForwardReference = false; 6191 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 6192 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 6193 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 6194 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 6195 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 6196 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 6197 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 6198 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 6199 TagDecl *Def; 6200 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 6201 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 6202 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 6203 } 6204 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 6205 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 6206 << New; 6207 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6208 } else { 6209 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 6210 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 6211 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 6212 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6213 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 6214 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 6215 6216 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 6217 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 6218 // the declaration context. 6219 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 6220 IsForwardReference = true; 6221 } 6222 } 6223 6224 if (EnumUnderlying) { 6225 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 6226 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 6227 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 6228 else 6229 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 6230 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 6231 } 6232 6233 } else { 6234 // struct/union/class 6235 6236 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 6237 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 6238 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6239 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 6240 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 6241 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 6242 6243 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 6244 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 6245 } else 6246 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 6247 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 6248 } 6249 6250 // Maybe add qualifier info. 6251 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 6252 if (SS.isSet()) { 6253 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS 6254 = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()); 6255 New->setQualifierInfo(NNS, SS.getRange()); 6256 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0) { 6257 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6258 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 6259 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 6260 } 6261 } 6262 else 6263 Invalid = true; 6264 } 6265 6266 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 6267 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 6268 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 6269 // 6270 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 6271 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 6272 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 6273 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 6274 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 6275 // parsing of the struct). 6276 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 6277 } 6278 6279 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 6280 // check the specialization. 6281 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 6282 Invalid = true; 6283 6284 if (Invalid) 6285 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6286 6287 if (Attr) 6288 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 6289 6290 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 6291 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 6292 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6293 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 6294 6295 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 6296 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6297 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6298 6299 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 6300 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 6301 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty()); 6302 6303 // Set the access specifier. 6304 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 6305 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 6306 6307 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 6308 New->startDefinition(); 6309 6310 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 6311 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 6312 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 6313 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 6314 if (PrevDecl) 6315 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 6316 6317 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6318 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 6319 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 6320 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 6321 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 6322 } else if (Name) { 6323 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 6324 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 6325 if (IsForwardReference) 6326 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 6327 6328 } else { 6329 CurContext->addDecl(New); 6330 } 6331 6332 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 6333 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 6334 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 6335 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6336 II->isStr("FILE")) 6337 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 6338 6339 OwnedDecl = true; 6340 return New; 6341} 6342 6343void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 6344 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6345 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6346 6347 // Enter the tag context. 6348 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 6349} 6350 6351void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6352 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 6353 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6354 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 6355 6356 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 6357 6358 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 6359 return; 6360 6361 // C++ [class]p2: 6362 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 6363 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 6364 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 6365 // as if it were a public member name. 6366 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 6367 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), 6368 CurContext, Record->getLocation(), 6369 Record->getIdentifier(), 6370 Record->getTagKeywordLoc(), 6371 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 6372 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 6373 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 6374 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 6375 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 6376 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 6377 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 6378 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 6379 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 6380 "Broken injected-class-name"); 6381} 6382 6383void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6384 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 6385 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6386 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6387 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 6388 6389 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 6390 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 6391 6392 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 6393 PopDeclContext(); 6394 6395 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 6396 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 6397} 6398 6399void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 6400 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6401 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6402 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 6403 6404 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 6405 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 6406 // the FieldCollector. 6407 6408 PopDeclContext(); 6409} 6410 6411// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 6412bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 6413 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 6414 bool *ZeroWidth) { 6415 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 6416 if (ZeroWidth) 6417 *ZeroWidth = true; 6418 6419 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 6420 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 6421 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 6422 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 6423 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 6424 return true; 6425 if (FieldName) 6426 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 6427 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 6428 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 6429 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 6430 } 6431 6432 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 6433 // it now. 6434 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 6435 return false; 6436 6437 llvm::APSInt Value; 6438 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 6439 return true; 6440 6441 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 6442 *ZeroWidth = false; 6443 6444 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 6445 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 6446 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 6447 6448 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 6449 if (FieldName) 6450 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 6451 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 6452 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 6453 << Value.toString(10); 6454 } 6455 6456 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 6457 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 6458 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 6459 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6460 if (FieldName) 6461 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6462 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 6463 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6464 6465 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6466 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6467 } 6468 6469 if (FieldName) 6470 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6471 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 6472 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6473 else 6474 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6475 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6476 } 6477 } 6478 6479 return false; 6480} 6481 6482/// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order 6483/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 6484Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6485 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6486 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { 6487 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 6488 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 6489 AS_public); 6490 return Res; 6491} 6492 6493/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 6494/// 6495FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 6496 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6497 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 6498 AccessSpecifier AS) { 6499 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 6500 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 6501 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 6502 6503 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6504 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6505 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6506 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 6507 6508 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 6509 6510 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 6511 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 6512 6513 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 6514 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 6515 LookupName(Previous, S); 6516 assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() || 6517 Previous.isSingleResult()) 6518 && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null"); 6519 6520 // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result 6521 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ? 6522 Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 6523 6524 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 6525 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6526 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 6527 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6528 PrevDecl = 0; 6529 } 6530 6531 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 6532 PrevDecl = 0; 6533 6534 bool Mutable 6535 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 6536 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6537 FieldDecl *NewFD 6538 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, TSSL, 6539 AS, PrevDecl, &D); 6540 6541 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6542 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 6543 6544 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 6545 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 6546 // with the same name in the same scope. 6547 } else if (II) { 6548 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 6549 } else 6550 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 6551 6552 return NewFD; 6553} 6554 6555/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 6556/// 6557/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 6558/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 6559/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 6560/// created. 6561/// 6562/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 6563/// 6564/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 6565FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 6566 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6567 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 6568 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 6569 SourceLocation TSSL, 6570 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 6571 Declarator *D) { 6572 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 6573 bool InvalidDecl = false; 6574 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 6575 6576 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 6577 // marking this declaration as invalid. 6578 if (T.isNull()) { 6579 InvalidDecl = true; 6580 T = Context.IntTy; 6581 } 6582 6583 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 6584 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 6585 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 6586 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 6587 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 6588 InvalidDecl = true; 6589 } 6590 6591 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 6592 // than a variably modified type. 6593 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6594 bool SizeIsNegative; 6595 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6596 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 6597 SizeIsNegative, 6598 Oversized); 6599 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 6600 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6601 T = FixedTy; 6602 } else { 6603 if (SizeIsNegative) 6604 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 6605 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 6606 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 6607 << Oversized.toString(10); 6608 else 6609 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 6610 InvalidDecl = true; 6611 } 6612 } 6613 6614 // Fields can not have abstract class types 6615 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 6616 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6617 AbstractFieldType)) 6618 InvalidDecl = true; 6619 6620 bool ZeroWidth = false; 6621 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 6622 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 6623 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 6624 InvalidDecl = true; 6625 BitWidth = 0; 6626 ZeroWidth = false; 6627 } 6628 6629 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 6630 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 6631 unsigned DiagID = 0; 6632 if (T->isReferenceType()) 6633 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 6634 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 6635 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 6636 6637 if (DiagID) { 6638 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 6639 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 6640 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 6641 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 6642 Mutable = false; 6643 InvalidDecl = true; 6644 } 6645 } 6646 6647 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 6648 BitWidth, Mutable); 6649 if (InvalidDecl) 6650 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6651 6652 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6653 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 6654 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6655 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6656 } 6657 6658 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6659 if (Record->isUnion()) { 6660 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6661 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6662 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 6663 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 6664 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 6665 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 6666 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 6667 // objects. 6668 // TODO: C++0x alters this restriction significantly. 6669 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 6670 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6671 } 6672 } 6673 6674 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 6675 // the program is ill-formed. 6676 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 6677 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 6678 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 6679 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6680 } 6681 } 6682 } 6683 6684 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 6685 // representation, not a parser representation. 6686 if (D) 6687 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 6688 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 6689 6690 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 6691 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 6692 6693 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 6694 return NewFD; 6695} 6696 6697bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 6698 assert(FD); 6699 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 6700 6701 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6702 return true; 6703 6704 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 6705 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6706 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6707 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 6708 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 6709 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 6710 // copy constructors. 6711 6712 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 6713 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 6714 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 6715 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialConstructor()) 6716 member = CXXConstructor; 6717 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 6718 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 6719 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 6720 member = CXXDestructor; 6721 6722 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 6723 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 6724 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 6725 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 6726 return true; 6727 } 6728 } 6729 } 6730 6731 return false; 6732} 6733 6734/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 6735/// special member, figure out why. 6736void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 6737 QualType QT(T, 0U); 6738 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 6739 6740 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 6741 switch (member) { 6742 case CXXInvalid: 6743 break; 6744 6745 case CXXConstructor: 6746 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 6747 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 6748 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 6749 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 6750 ci->hasBody(body); 6751 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 6752 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 6753 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6754 return; 6755 } 6756 } 6757 6758 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors"); 6759 return; 6760 } 6761 break; 6762 6763 case CXXCopyConstructor: 6764 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 6765 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 6766 RD->getCopyConstructor(Context, 0)->getLocation(); 6767 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6768 return; 6769 } 6770 break; 6771 6772 case CXXCopyAssignment: 6773 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 6774 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 6775 // assignment, not the type. 6776 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6777 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6778 return; 6779 } 6780 break; 6781 6782 case CXXDestructor: 6783 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 6784 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 6785 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6786 return; 6787 } 6788 break; 6789 } 6790 6791 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 6792 6793 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 6794 // but not trivial destruction. 6795 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 6796 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 6797 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 6798 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 6799 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 6800 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6801 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 6802 return; 6803 } 6804 6805 // Check for virtual methods. 6806 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 6807 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 6808 ++mi) { 6809 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 6810 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6811 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 6812 return; 6813 } 6814 } 6815 } 6816 6817 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 6818 switch (member) { 6819 case CXXConstructor: 6820 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialConstructor; break; 6821 case CXXCopyConstructor: 6822 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 6823 case CXXCopyAssignment: 6824 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 6825 case CXXDestructor: 6826 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 6827 default: 6828 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return; 6829 } 6830 6831 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 6832 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 6833 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 6834 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 6835 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 6836 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 6837 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6838 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 6839 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 6840 return; 6841 } 6842 } 6843 6844 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 6845 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 6846 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 6847 ++fi) { 6848 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 6849 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6850 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 6851 6852 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 6853 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 6854 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 6855 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 6856 return; 6857 } 6858 } 6859 } 6860 6861 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 6862} 6863 6864/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 6865/// AST enum value. 6866static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 6867TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 6868 switch (ivarVisibility) { 6869 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); 6870 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 6871 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 6872 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 6873 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 6874 } 6875} 6876 6877/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 6878/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 6879Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 6880 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6881 Decl *IntfDecl, 6882 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, 6883 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 6884 6885 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 6886 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 6887 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 6888 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 6889 6890 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 6891 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 6892 6893 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6894 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6895 6896 if (BitWidth) { 6897 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 6898 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 6899 D.setInvalidType(); 6900 BitWidth = 0; 6901 } 6902 } else { 6903 // Not a bitfield. 6904 6905 // validate II. 6906 6907 } 6908 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 6909 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 6910 D.setInvalidType(); 6911 } 6912 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 6913 // than a variably modified type. 6914 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6915 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 6916 D.setInvalidType(); 6917 } 6918 6919 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 6920 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 6921 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 6922 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 6923 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 6924 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(IntfDecl); 6925 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 6926 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 6927 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6928 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 6929 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 6930 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 6931 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 6932 } 6933 else 6934 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 6935 } else { 6936 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 6937 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6938 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 6939 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 6940 return 0; 6941 } 6942 } 6943 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 6944 } 6945 6946 // Construct the decl. 6947 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, 6948 EnclosingContext, Loc, II, T, 6949 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 6950 6951 if (II) { 6952 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 6953 ForRedeclaration); 6954 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 6955 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6956 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 6957 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6958 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 6959 } 6960 } 6961 6962 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 6963 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 6964 6965 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6966 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 6967 6968 if (II) { 6969 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 6970 // these to the interface. 6971 S->AddDecl(NewID); 6972 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 6973 } 6974 6975 return NewID; 6976} 6977 6978/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 6979/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 6980/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 6981/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 6982void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 6983 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 6984 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 6985 return; 6986 6987 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 6988 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 6989 6990 if (!Ivar->isBitField()) 6991 return; 6992 uint64_t BitFieldSize = 6993 Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue(); 6994 if (BitFieldSize == 0) 6995 return; 6996 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 6997 if (!ID) { 6998 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6999 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 7000 return; 7001 } 7002 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 7003 else 7004 return; 7005 } 7006 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 7007 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy), 0); 7008 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.CharTy, DeclLoc); 7009 7010 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl), 7011 DeclLoc, 0, 7012 Context.CharTy, 7013 Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy), 7014 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 7015 true); 7016 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 7017} 7018 7019void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 7020 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 7021 Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields, 7022 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 7023 AttributeList *Attr) { 7024 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 7025 7026 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 7027 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 7028 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7029 // FIXME: Deallocate fields? 7030 return; 7031 } 7032 7033 7034 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 7035 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 7036 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 7037 7038 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 7039 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { 7040 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]); 7041 7042 // Get the type for the field. 7043 Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 7044 7045 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 7046 // Remember all fields written by the user. 7047 RecFields.push_back(FD); 7048 } 7049 7050 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 7051 // diagnostics about it. 7052 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7053 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7054 continue; 7055 } 7056 7057 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 7058 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 7059 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 7060 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 7061 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 7062 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 7063 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 7064 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 7065 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 7066 // array. 7067 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 7068 // Field declared as a function. 7069 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 7070 << FD->getDeclName(); 7071 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7072 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7073 continue; 7074 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 7075 ((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) || 7076 (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 7077 (i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) { 7078 // Flexible array member. 7079 // Microsoft is more permissive regarding flexible array. 7080 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 7081 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 7082 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 7083 if (Record->isUnion()) 7084 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union) 7085 << FD->getDeclName(); 7086 else if (NumFields == 1) 7087 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate) 7088 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 7089 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 7090 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 7091 << FD->getDeclName(); 7092 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7093 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7094 continue; 7095 } 7096 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 7097 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType())->isPODType()) { 7098 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 7099 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 7100 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7101 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7102 continue; 7103 } 7104 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 7105 if (Record) 7106 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7107 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 7108 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 7109 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 7110 // Incomplete type 7111 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7112 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7113 continue; 7114 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7115 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 7116 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 7117 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 7118 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7119 } else { 7120 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 7121 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 7122 // structures. 7123 if (i != NumFields-1) 7124 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 7125 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 7126 else { 7127 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 7128 // other structs as an extension. 7129 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 7130 << FD->getDeclName(); 7131 if (Record) 7132 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7133 } 7134 } 7135 } 7136 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 7137 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7138 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 7139 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 7140 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 7141 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7142 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7143 continue; 7144 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 7145 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC && 7146 Record && 7147 (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 7148 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())) 7149 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7150 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 7151 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 7152 if (Record && BaseType->isRecordType() && 7153 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 7154 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7155 } 7156 // Keep track of the number of named members. 7157 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 7158 ++NumNamedMembers; 7159 } 7160 7161 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 7162 if (Record) { 7163 bool Completed = false; 7164 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 7165 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 7166 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 7167 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 7168 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 7169 I != E; ++I) 7170 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 7171 7172 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 7173 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 7174 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 7175 7176 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 7177 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 7178 // problem now. 7179 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 7180 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 7181 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 7182 7183 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 7184 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 7185 M != MEnd; ++M) { 7186 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 7187 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 7188 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 7189 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 7190 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 7191 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 7192 continue; 7193 7194 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 7195 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 7196 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 7197 // program is ill-formed. 7198 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 7199 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 7200 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 7201 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7202 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 7203 OM = SO->second.begin(), 7204 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 7205 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 7206 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 7207 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 7208 7209 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7210 } 7211 } 7212 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 7213 Completed = true; 7214 } 7215 } 7216 } 7217 } 7218 7219 if (!Completed) 7220 Record->completeDefinition(); 7221 } else { 7222 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 7223 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 7224 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7225 ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); 7226 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 7227 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 7228 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 7229 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 7230 } 7231 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 7232 // duplicates. 7233 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 7234 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 7235 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 7236 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7237 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 7238 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 7239 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 7240 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 7241 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 7242 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 7243 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 7244 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7245 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 7246 // reported as errors elsewhere. 7247 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 7248 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 7249 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 7250 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 7251 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 7252 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 7253 } 7254 } 7255 } 7256 7257 if (Attr) 7258 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 7259 7260 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 7261 // set the visibility of this record. 7262 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 7263 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 7264} 7265 7266/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 7267/// the given type T. 7268static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 7269 llvm::APSInt &Value, 7270 QualType T) { 7271 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 7272 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 7273 7274 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 7275 if (T->isSignedIntegerType()) 7276 --BitWidth; 7277 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 7278 } 7279 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 7280} 7281 7282// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 7283// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 7284static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 7285 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 7286 // enum checking below. 7287 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 7288 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 7289 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 7290 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 7291 }; 7292 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 7293 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 7294 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 7295 }; 7296 7297 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 7298 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerType()? SignedIntegralTypes 7299 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 7300 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 7301 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 7302 return Types[I]; 7303 7304 return QualType(); 7305} 7306 7307EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 7308 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 7309 SourceLocation IdLoc, 7310 IdentifierInfo *Id, 7311 Expr *Val) { 7312 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 7313 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 7314 QualType EltTy; 7315 if (Val) { 7316 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 7317 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 7318 else { 7319 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 7320 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 7321 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 7322 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 7323 Val = 0; 7324 } else { 7325 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7326 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 7327 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 7328 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 7329 // representable as an int. 7330 7331 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 7332 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 7333 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 7334 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 7335 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 7336 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 7337 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 7338 ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7339 } 7340 } 7341 7342 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7343 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7344 7345 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7346 // ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be 7347 // represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed. 7348 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 7349 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 7350 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 7351 ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7352 } else 7353 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) 7354 << EltTy; 7355 } else 7356 ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7357 } 7358 else { 7359 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7360 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7361 // is the type of its initializing value: 7362 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 7363 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 7364 EltTy = Val->getType(); 7365 } 7366 } 7367 } 7368 } 7369 7370 if (!Val) { 7371 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 7372 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 7373 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 7374 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7375 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7376 // is the type of its initializing value: 7377 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 7378 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 7379 // 7380 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 7381 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 7382 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7383 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7384 } 7385 else { 7386 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 7387 } 7388 } else { 7389 // Assign the last value + 1. 7390 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7391 ++EnumVal; 7392 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 7393 7394 // Check for overflow on increment. 7395 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 7396 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7397 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7398 // is the type of its initializing value: 7399 // 7400 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 7401 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 7402 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 7403 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 7404 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 7405 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 7406 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 7407 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 7408 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 7409 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 7410 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7411 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 7412 ++EnumVal; 7413 if (Enum->isFixed()) 7414 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 7415 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 7416 << EnumVal.toString(10) 7417 << EltTy; 7418 else 7419 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 7420 << EnumVal.toString(10); 7421 } else { 7422 EltTy = T; 7423 } 7424 7425 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 7426 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 7427 // value, then increment. 7428 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7429 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 7430 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 7431 ++EnumVal; 7432 7433 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 7434 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 7435 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 7436 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 7437 // integral type. 7438 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 7439 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 7440 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7441 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 7442 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 7443 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 7444 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 7445 } 7446 } 7447 } 7448 7449 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 7450 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 7451 // enumerator's type. 7452 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 7453 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 7454 } 7455 7456 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 7457 Val, EnumVal); 7458} 7459 7460 7461Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 7462 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 7463 AttributeList *Attr, 7464 SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { 7465 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 7466 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 7467 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 7468 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 7469 7470 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 7471 // we find one that is. 7472 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 7473 7474 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 7475 // scope. 7476 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 7477 ForRedeclaration); 7478 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7479 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7480 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 7481 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7482 PrevDecl = 0; 7483 } 7484 7485 if (PrevDecl) { 7486 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 7487 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 7488 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 7489 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 7490 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 7491 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 7492 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 7493 else 7494 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 7495 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7496 return 0; 7497 } 7498 } 7499 7500 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 7501 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 7502 // name different from T: 7503 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 7504 // type 7505 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 7506 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 7507 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 7508 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 7509 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 7510 7511 EnumConstantDecl *New = 7512 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 7513 7514 if (New) { 7515 // Process attributes. 7516 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 7517 7518 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 7519 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 7520 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 7521 } 7522 7523 return New; 7524} 7525 7526void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 7527 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 7528 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 7529 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 7530 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 7531 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 7532 7533 if (Attr) 7534 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 7535 7536 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 7537 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7538 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 7539 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7540 if (!ECD) continue; 7541 7542 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7543 } 7544 7545 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 7546 return; 7547 } 7548 7549 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 7550 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 7551 // emit a warning. 7552 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 7553 unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth(); 7554 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth(); 7555 7556 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 7557 // reverse the list. 7558 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 7559 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 7560 7561 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 7562 bool AllElementsInt = true; 7563 7564 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7565 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 7566 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7567 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 7568 7569 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 7570 7571 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 7572 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 7573 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 7574 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 7575 else 7576 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 7577 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 7578 7579 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 7580 if (AllElementsInt) 7581 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 7582 } 7583 7584 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 7585 QualType BestType; 7586 unsigned BestWidth; 7587 7588 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 7589 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 7590 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 7591 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 7592 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 7593 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 7594 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 7595 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 7596 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 7597 QualType BestPromotionType; 7598 7599 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 7600 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 7601 // enum definitions. 7602 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 7603 Packed = true; 7604 7605 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7606 BestType = BestPromotionType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7607 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 7608 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 7609 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 7610 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7611 } 7612 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 7613 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 7614 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 7615 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 7616 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 7617 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 7618 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7619 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 7620 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 7621 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 7622 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 7623 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 7624 BestType = Context.IntTy; 7625 BestWidth = IntWidth; 7626 } else { 7627 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); 7628 7629 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 7630 BestType = Context.LongTy; 7631 } else { 7632 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 7633 7634 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 7635 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 7636 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 7637 } 7638 } 7639 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 7640 } else { 7641 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 7642 // all of the enumerator values. 7643 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 7644 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 7645 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7646 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 7647 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7648 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 7649 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7650 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 7651 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 7652 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 7653 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 7654 BestWidth = IntWidth; 7655 BestPromotionType 7656 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7657 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 7658 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 7659 (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { 7660 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 7661 BestPromotionType 7662 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7663 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 7664 } else { 7665 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 7666 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 7667 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 7668 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 7669 BestPromotionType 7670 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7671 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 7672 } 7673 } 7674 7675 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 7676 // the type of the enum if needed. 7677 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7678 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7679 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 7680 7681 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 7682 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 7683 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 7684 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 7685 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 7686 7687 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 7688 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 7689 7690 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 7691 // the enum decl type. 7692 QualType NewTy; 7693 unsigned NewWidth; 7694 bool NewSign; 7695 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7696 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 7697 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 7698 NewWidth = IntWidth; 7699 NewSign = true; 7700 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 7701 // Already the right type! 7702 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7703 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 7704 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 7705 // enumeration. 7706 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7707 continue; 7708 } else { 7709 NewTy = BestType; 7710 NewWidth = BestWidth; 7711 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType(); 7712 } 7713 7714 // Adjust the APSInt value. 7715 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 7716 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 7717 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 7718 7719 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 7720 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 7721 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 7722 CK_IntegralCast, 7723 ECD->getInitExpr(), 7724 /*base paths*/ 0, 7725 VK_RValue)); 7726 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7727 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 7728 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 7729 // enumeration. 7730 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7731 else 7732 ECD->setType(NewTy); 7733 } 7734 7735 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 7736 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 7737} 7738 7739Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *expr) { 7740 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 7741 7742 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 7743 Loc, AsmString); 7744 CurContext->addDecl(New); 7745 return New; 7746} 7747 7748void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 7749 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 7750 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 7751 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 7752 7753 if (PrevDecl) { 7754 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 7755 } else { 7756 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 7757 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 7758 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 7759 } 7760} 7761 7762void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 7763 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 7764 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 7765 SourceLocation NameLoc, 7766 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 7767 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 7768 LookupOrdinaryName); 7769 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 7770 7771 if (PrevDecl) { 7772 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 7773 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 7774 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 7775 } else { 7776 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 7777 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 7778 } 7779} 7780